Commit Graph

22964 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Peter Zijlstra
a42dde0415 mm: bdi: allow setting a maximum for the bdi dirty limit
Add "max_ratio" to /sys/class/bdi.  This indicates the maximum percentage of
the global dirty threshold allocated to this bdi.

[mszeredi@suse.cz]

 - fix parsing in max_ratio_store().
 - export bdi_set_max_ratio() to modules
 - limit bdi_dirty with bdi->max_ratio
 - document new sysfs attribute

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:50 -07:00
Peter Zijlstra
189d3c4a94 mm: bdi: allow setting a minimum for the bdi dirty limit
Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the total write-back
cache that relates to its current avg writeout speed in relation to the other
devices.

min_ratio - allows one to assign a minimum portion of the write-back cache to
a particular device.  This is useful in situations where you might want to
provide a minimum QoS.  (One request for this feature came from flash based
storage people who wanted to avoid writing out at all costs - they of course
needed some pdflush hacks as well)

max_ratio - allows one to assign a maximum portion of the dirty limit to a
particular device.  This is useful in situations where you want to avoid one
device taking all or most of the write-back cache.  Eg.  an NFS mount that is
prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which you don't trust to play fair.

Add "min_ratio" to /sys/class/bdi.  This indicates the minimum percentage of
the global dirty threshold allocated to this bdi.

[mszeredi@suse.cz]

 - fix parsing in min_ratio_store()
 - document new sysfs attribute

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:50 -07:00
Peter Zijlstra
cf0ca9fe5d mm: bdi: export BDI attributes in sysfs
Provide a place in sysfs (/sys/class/bdi) for the backing_dev_info object.
This allows us to see and set the various BDI specific variables.

In particular this properly exposes the read-ahead window for all relevant
users and /sys/block/<block>/queue/read_ahead_kb should be deprecated.

With patient help from Kay Sievers and Greg KH

[mszeredi@suse.cz]

 - split off NFS and FUSE changes into separate patches
 - document new sysfs attributes under Documentation/ABI
 - do bdi_class_init as a core_initcall, otherwise the "default" BDI
   won't be initialized
 - remove bdi_init_fmt macro, it's not used very much

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix ia64 warning]
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Acked-by: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:49 -07:00
Pavel Emelyanov
caafa43243 pidns: make pid->level and pid_ns->level unsigned
These values represent the nesting level of a namespace and pids living in it,
and it's always non-negative.

Turning this from int to unsigned int saves some space in pid.c (11 bytes on
x86 and 64 on ia64) by letting the compiler optimize the pid_nr_ns a bit.
E.g.  on ia64 this removes the sign extension calls, which compiler adds to
optimize access to pid->nubers[ns->level].

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:49 -07:00
Oleg Nesterov
24336eaeec pids: introduce change_pid() helper
Based on Eric W. Biederman's idea.

Without tasklist_lock held task_session()/task_pgrp() can return NULL if the
caller races with setprgp()/setsid() which does detach_pid() + attach_pid().
This can happen even if task == current.

Intoduce the new helper, change_pid(), which should be used instead.  This way
the caller always sees the special pid != NULL, either old or new.

Also change the prototype of attach_pid(), it always returns 0 and nobody
check the returned value.

Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc:  "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:48 -07:00
Pavel Emelyanov
5cd204550b Deprecate find_task_by_pid()
There are some places that are known to operate on tasks'
global pids only:

* the rest_init() call (called on boot)
* the kgdb's getthread
* the create_kthread() (since the kthread is run in init ns)

So use the find_task_by_pid_ns(..., &init_pid_ns) there
and schedule the find_task_by_pid for removal.

[sukadev@us.ibm.com: Fix warning in kernel/pid.c]
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Sukadev Bhattiprolu <sukadev@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:48 -07:00
Sukadev Bhattiprolu
718a916338 devpts: factor out PTY index allocation
Factor out the code used to allocate/free a pts index into new interfaces,
devpts_new_index() and devpts_kill_index().  This localizes the external data
structures used in managing the pts indices.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: undo accidental mutex2sem conversion]
Signed-off-by: Sukadev Bhattiprolu <sukadev@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:48 -07:00
Alan Cox
39c2e60f8c tty: add throttle/unthrottle helpers
Something Arjan suggested which allows us to clean up the code nicely

Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:47 -07:00
Alan Cox
f34d7a5b70 tty: The big operations rework
- Operations are now a shared const function block as with most other Linux
  objects

- Introduce wrappers for some optional functions to get consistent behaviour

- Wrap put_char which used to be patched by the tty layer

- Document which functions are needed/optional

- Make put_char report success/fail

- Cache the driver->ops pointer in the tty as tty->ops

- Remove various surplus lock calls we no longer need

- Remove proc_write method as noted by Alexey Dobriyan

- Introduce some missing sanity checks where certain driver/ldisc
  combinations would oops as they didn't check needed methods were present

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix fs/compat_ioctl.c build]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix isicom]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix arch/ia64/hp/sim/simserial.c build]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix kgdb]
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Cc: Jason Wessel <jason.wessel@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:47 -07:00
Alan Cox
76b25a5509 char: switch gs, cyclades and esp to return int for put_char
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:45 -07:00
Alan Cox
5d0fdf1e01 tty_io: fix remaining pid struct locking
This fixes the last couple of pid struct locking failures I know about.

[oleg@tv-sign.ru: clean up do_task_stat()]
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:40 -07:00
Alan Cox
47f86834bb redo locking of tty->pgrp
Historically tty->pgrp and friends were pid_t and the code "knew" they were
safe.  The change to pid structs opened up a few races and the removal of the
BKL in places made them quite hittable.  We put tty->pgrp under the ctrl_lock
for the tty.

Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:40 -07:00
Alan Cox
04f378b198 tty: BKL pushdown
- Push the BKL down into the line disciplines
- Switch the tty layer to unlocked_ioctl
- Introduce a new ctrl_lock spin lock for the control bits
- Eliminate much of the lock_kernel use in n_tty
- Prepare to (but don't yet) call the drivers with the lock dropped
  on the paths that historically held the lock

BKL now primarily protects open/close/ldisc change in the tty layer

[jirislaby@gmail.com: a couple of fixes]
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:40 -07:00
Oleg Nesterov
53b6f9fbd3 ptrace: introduce ptrace_reparented() helper
Add another trivial helper for the sake of grep.  It also auto-documents the
fact that ->parent != real_parent implies ->ptrace.

No functional changes.

Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Acked-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:38 -07:00
Roland McGrath
5a8da0ea82 signals: x86 TS_RESTORE_SIGMASK
Replace TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK with TS_RESTORE_SIGMASK and define our own
set_restore_sigmask() function.  This saves the costly SMP-safe set_bit
operation, which we do not need for the sigmask flag since TIF_SIGPENDING
always has to be set too.

Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:37 -07:00
Roland McGrath
f3de272b82 signals: use HAVE_SET_RESTORE_SIGMASK
Change all the #ifdef TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK conditionals in non-arch code to
#ifdef HAVE_SET_RESTORE_SIGMASK.  If arch code defines it first, the generic
set_restore_sigmask() using TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK is not defined.

Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:37 -07:00
akpm@linux-foundation.org
49eaeb4bc4 signals: ia64 renumber TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK
TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK no longer needs to be in the _TIF_WORK_* masks.
Those low bits are scarce.  Renumber TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK to free one up.

Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:37 -07:00
Roland McGrath
02a029b325 signals: s390: renumber TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK
TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK no longer needs to be in the _TIF_WORK_* masks.  Those low
bits are scarce, and are all used up now.  Renumber TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK to
free one up.

Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:37 -07:00
Roland McGrath
7648d961fc signals: set_restore_sigmask TIF_SIGPENDING
Set TIF_SIGPENDING in set_restore_sigmask.  This lets arch code take
TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK out of the set of bits that will be noticed on return to
user mode.  On some machines those bits are scarce, and we can free this
unneeded one up for other uses.

It is probably the case that TIF_SIGPENDING is always set anyway everywhere
set_restore_sigmask() is used.  But this is some cheap paranoia in case there
is an arcane case where it might not be.

Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:37 -07:00
Roland McGrath
4e4c22c711 signals: add set_restore_sigmask
This adds the set_restore_sigmask() inline in <linux/thread_info.h> and
replaces every set_thread_flag(TIF_RESTORE_SIGMASK) with a call to it.  No
change, but abstracts the details of the flag protocol from all the calls.

Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:37 -07:00
Oleg Nesterov
fae5fa44f1 signals: fix /sbin/init protection from unwanted signals
The global init has a lot of long standing problems with the unhandled fatal
signals.

	- The "is_global_init(current)" check in get_signal_to_deliver()
	  protects only the main thread. Sub-thread can dequee the fatal
	  signal and shutdown the whole thread group except the main thread.
	  If it dequeues SIGSTOP /sbin/init will be stopped, this is not
	  right too. Note that we can't use is_global_init(->group_leader),
	  this breaks exec and this can't solve other problems we have.

	- Even if afterwards ignored, the fatal signals sets SIGNAL_GROUP_EXIT
	  on delivery. This breaks exec, has other bad implications, and this
	  is just wrong.

Introduce the new SIGNAL_UNKILLABLE flag to fix these problems.  It also helps
to solve some other problems addressed by the subsequent patches.

Currently we use this flag for the global init only, but it could also be used
by kthreads and (perhaps) by the sub-namespace inits.

Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:37 -07:00
Oleg Nesterov
ac5c215383 signals: join send_sigqueue() with send_group_sigqueue()
We export send_sigqueue() and send_group_sigqueue() for the only user,
posix_timer_event().  This is a bit silly, because both are just trivial
helpers on top of do_send_sigqueue() and because the we pass the unused
.si_signo parameter.

Kill them both, rename do_send_sigqueue() to send_sigqueue(), and export it.

Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:36 -07:00
Oleg Nesterov
6ca25b5513 kill_pid_info: don't take now unneeded tasklist_lock
Previously handle_stop_signal(SIGCONT) could drop ->siglock.  That is why
kill_pid_info(SIGCONT) takes tasklist_lock to make sure the target task can't
go away after unlock.  Not needed now.

Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:34 -07:00
Oleg Nesterov
e442055193 signals: re-assign CLD_CONTINUED notification from the sender to reciever
Based on discussion with Jiri and Roland.

In short: currently handle_stop_signal(SIGCONT, p) sends the notification to
p->parent, with this patch p itself notifies its parent when it becomes
running.

handle_stop_signal(SIGCONT) has to drop ->siglock temporary in order to notify
the parent with do_notify_parent_cldstop().  This leads to multiple problems:

	- as Jiri Kosina pointed out, the stopped task can resume without
	  actually seeing SIGCONT which may have a handler.

	- we race with another sig_kernel_stop() signal which may come in
	  that window.

	- we race with sig_fatal() signals which may set SIGNAL_GROUP_EXIT
	  in that window.

	- we can't avoid taking tasklist_lock() while sending SIGCONT.

With this patch handle_stop_signal() just sets the new SIGNAL_CLD_CONTINUED
flag in p->signal->flags and returns.  The notification is sent by the first
task which returns from finish_stop() (there should be at least one) or any
other signalled thread from get_signal_to_deliver().

This is a user-visible change.  Say, currently kill(SIGCONT, stopped_child)
can't return without seeing SIGCHLD, with this patch SIGCHLD can be delayed
unpredictably.  Another difference is that if the child is ptraced by another
process, CLD_CONTINUED may be delivered to ->real_parent after ptrace_detach()
while currently it always goes to the tracer which doesn't actually need this
notification.  Hopefully not a problem.

The patch asks for the futher obvious cleanups, I'll send them separately.

Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:34 -07:00
Dan Williams
6bfe0b4990 md: support blocking writes to an array on device failure
Allows a userspace metadata handler to take action upon detecting a device
failure.

Based on an original patch by Neil Brown.

Changes:
-added blocked_wait waitqueue to rdev
-don't qualify Blocked with Faulty always let userspace block writes
-added md_wait_for_blocked_rdev to wait for the block device to be clear, if
 userspace misses the notification another one is sent every 5 seconds
-set MD_RECOVERY_NEEDED after clearing "blocked"
-kill DoBlock flag, just test mddev->external

Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:33 -07:00
Eric Miao
3c42a44910 pxafb: preliminary smart panel interface support
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric Miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Cc: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:32 -07:00
eric miao
84f43c308b pxafb: introduce register independent LCD connection type for pxafb
Reasons:

  1. straight forward: the name "LCD_COLOR_DSTN_16BPP" is much better
     than "LCCR0_Pas | LCCR0_Color | LCCR0_Dual"

  2. by defining LCD connection types as constants, it allows only
     valid possibilities

  3. by removing the dependency of register bits definitions, those
     can be later moved into the body of pxafb.c, instead of having
     a regs-lcd.h around

Currently, only lubbock, mainstone, zylonite and littleton have been
modified to support these types (see coming patches after this).
Other platforms are encouraged to change their way describing the
LCD controller connections.

Signed-off-by: eric miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Cc: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:31 -07:00
eric miao
ce4fb7b892 pxafb: convert fb driver to use ioremap() and __raw_{readl, writel}
This is part of the effort moving peripheral registers outside of pxa-regs.h,
and using ioremap() make it possible the same IP can be re-used on different
processors with different registers space

As a result, the fixed mapping in pxa_map_io() is removed.

The regs-lcd.h can actually moved to where closer to pxafb.c but some of its
bit definitions are directly used by various platform code, though this is not
a good style.

Signed-off-by: eric miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Cc: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:31 -07:00
Bryan Wu
2f3517418d Blackfin serial driver: this driver enable SPORTs on Blackfin emulate UART
Signed-off-by: Bryan Wu <bryan.wu@analog.com>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-30 08:29:30 -07:00
Martin Schwidefsky
941af343e2 [S390] use generic sys_ptrace
After the PT_IEEE_IP hack has been removed s390 can now use
the common code sys_ptrace function.

Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2008-04-30 13:38:48 +02:00
Heiko Carstens
17f3458085 [S390] Convert to SPARSEMEM & SPARSEMEM_VMEMMAP
Convert s390 to SPARSEMEM and SPARSEMEM_VMEMMAP. We do a select
of SPARSEMEM_VMEMMAP since it is configurable. This is because
SPARSEMEM without SPARSEMEM_VMEMMAP gives us a hell of broken
include dependencies that I don't want to fix.

Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2008-04-30 13:38:48 +02:00
Gerald Schaefer
53492b1de4 [S390] System z large page support.
This adds hugetlbfs support on System z, using both hardware large page
support if available and software large page emulation on older hardware.
Shared (large) page tables are implemented in software emulation mode,
by using page->index of the first tail page from a compound large page
to store page table information.

Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer <geraldsc@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2008-04-30 13:38:47 +02:00
Heiko Carstens
2e5061e40a [S390] Convert machine feature detection code to C.
From: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
From: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>

This lets us use defines for the magic bits in machine flags instead
of using plain numbers all over the place.
In addition on newer machines features/facilities are indicated by the
result of the stfl instruction. So we use these bits instead of trying
to execute new instructions and check wether we get an exception or
not.
Also the mvpg instruction is always available when in zArch mode,
whereas the idte instruction is only available in zArch mode. This
results in some minor optimizations.

Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2008-04-30 13:38:47 +02:00
Heiko Carstens
484875b11f [S390] Move stfl to system.h and delete duplicated version.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2008-04-30 13:38:46 +02:00
Heiko Carstens
d00aa4e7d0 [S390] Add topology_core_siblings to topology.h
This exposes the core siblings to user space via sysfs.

Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
2008-04-30 13:38:45 +02:00
Heiko Carstens
1e489518da [S390] Automatically detect added cpus.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2008-04-30 13:38:44 +02:00
Heiko Carstens
f291e17227 [S390] Add missing ifndef/define to include/asm-s390/sysinfo.h.
In order to protect against compile breakage in case the header file
gets included twice.

Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2008-04-30 13:38:43 +02:00
Heiko Carstens
4e83be7b24 [S390] Move show_regs to traps.c.
This is where it should be and we can get rid of some externs
and a static inline function.

Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
2008-04-30 13:38:43 +02:00
Yinghai Lu
70b9f7dc14 x86/pci: remove flag in pci_cfg_space_size_ext
so let pci_cfg_space_size call it directly without flag.

Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
2008-04-29 15:34:05 -07:00
Christoph Hellwig
3dcf54515a ext4: move headers out of include/linux
Move ext4 headers out of include/linux.  This is just the trivial move,
there's some more thing that could be done later. 

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
2008-04-29 18:13:32 -04:00
Sam Ravnborg
98db6f193c x86: fix section mismatch in pci_scan_bus
Fix following section mismatch warning:
WARNING: vmlinux.o(.text+0x275616): Section mismatch in reference from the function pci_scan_bus() to the function .devinit.text:pci_scan_bus_parented()

The warning was seen with a CONFIG_DEBUG_SECTION_MISMATCH=y build.
The inline function pci_scan_bus refer to functions annotated
__devinit - so annotate it __devinit too.
This revealed a few x86 specific functions that were only
used from __init or __devinit context.
So annotate these __devinit and the warning was killed.

The added include in pci.h was not strictly required but
added to avoid being dependent on indirect includes.

Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@hobbes.lan>
2008-04-29 13:41:59 -07:00
Jens Axboe
7663c1e279 Improve queue_is_locked()
spin_is_locked() doesn't work on UP without spinlock debugging. Make it
safer and just return 1 on UP, so we don't get false positives. The plan
is to kill this debug function during the -rc cycle.

Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 12:36:54 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
9781db7b34 Merge branch 'audit.b50' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/audit-current
* 'audit.b50' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/audit-current:
  [PATCH] new predicate - AUDIT_FILETYPE
  [patch 2/2] Use find_task_by_vpid in audit code
  [patch 1/2] audit: let userspace fully control TTY input auditing
  [PATCH 2/2] audit: fix sparse shadowed variable warnings
  [PATCH 1/2] audit: move extern declarations to audit.h
  Audit: MAINTAINERS update
  Audit: increase the maximum length of the key field
  Audit: standardize string audit interfaces
  Audit: stop deadlock from signals under load
  Audit: save audit_backlog_limit audit messages in case auditd comes back
  Audit: collect sessionid in netlink messages
  Audit: end printk with newline
2008-04-29 11:41:22 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
a217656cb2 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jbarnes/pci-2.6
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jbarnes/pci-2.6: (21 commits)
  pciehp: fix error message about getting hotplug control
  pci/irq: let pci_device_shutdown to call pci_msi_shutdown v2
  pci/irq: restore mask_bits in msi shutdown -v3
  doc: replace yet another dev with pdev for consistency in DMA-mapping.txt
  PCI: don't expose struct pci_vpd to userspace
  doc: fix an incorrect suggestion to pass NULL for PCI like buses
  Consistently use pdev as the variable of type struct pci_dev *.
  pciehp: Fix command write
  shpchp: fix slot name
  make pciehp_acpi_get_hp_hw_control_from_firmware()
  pciehp: Clean up pcie_init()
  pciehp: Mask hotplug interrupt at controller release
  pciehp: Remove useless hotplug interrupt enabling
  pciehp: Fix wrong slot capability check
  pciehp: Fix wrong slot control register access
  pciehp: Add missing memory barrier
  pciehp: Fix interrupt event handlig
  pciehp: fix slot name
  Update MAINTAINERS with location of PCI tree
  PCI: Add Intel SCH PCI IDs
  ...
2008-04-29 10:17:59 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
8f45c1a58a block: fix queue locking verification
The new queue_flag_set/clear() functions verify that the queue is
locked, but in doing so they will actually instead oops if the queue
lock hasn't been initialized at all.

So fix the lock debug test to consider the "no lock" case to be
unlocked.  This way you get a nice WARN_ON_ONCE() instead of a fatal
oops.

Bug introduced by commit 75ad23bc0f
("block: make queue flags non-atomic").

Cc: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 10:16:38 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
25a025863e Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound-2.6
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound-2.6:
  [ALSA] soc - wm9712 - checkpatch fixes
  [ALSA] pcsp - Fix more dependency
  [ALSA] hda - Add support of Medion RIM 2150
  [ALSA] ASoC: Add drivers for the Texas Instruments OMAP processors
  [ALSA] ice1724 - Enable watermarks
  [ALSA] Add MPU401_INFO_NO_ACK bitflag
2008-04-29 09:38:52 -07:00
Takashi Iwai
df7e3fdf83 [ALSA] Add MPU401_INFO_NO_ACK bitflag
Added MPU401_INFO_NO_ACK bitflag to ignore the ACK check for UART
commands.  VT172x doesn't handle ACK commands, for example.

Tested-by: Pavel Hofman <pavel.hofman@insite.cz>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
2008-04-29 19:01:56 +02:00
Yinghai Lu
d52877c7b1 pci/irq: let pci_device_shutdown to call pci_msi_shutdown v2
[PATCH 2/2] pci/irq: let pci_device_shutdown to call pci_msi_shutdown v2

this change

| commit 23a274c8a5
| Author: Prakash, Sathya <sathya.prakash@lsi.com>
| Date:   Fri Mar 7 15:53:21 2008 +0530
|
|     [SCSI] mpt fusion: Enable MSI by default for SAS controllers
|
|     This patch modifies the driver to enable MSI by default for all SAS chips.
|
|     Signed-off-by: Sathya Prakash <sathya.prakash@lsi.com>
|     Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
|
Causes the kexec of a RHEL 5.1 kernel to fail.

root casue: the rhel 5.1 kernel still uses INTx emulation.  and
mptscsih_shutdown doesn't call pci_disable_msi to reenable INTx on kexec path

So call pci_msi_shutdown in the shutdown path to do the same thing to msix

Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@hobbes.lan>
2008-04-29 09:12:51 -07:00
Yinghai Lu
8e149e09f9 pci/irq: restore mask_bits in msi shutdown -v3
[PATCH 1/2] pci/irq: restore mask_bits in msi shutdown -v3

Yinghai found that kexec'ing a RHEL 5.1 kernel with 2.6.25-rc3+ kernels
prevents his NIC from working.  He bisected to

| commit 89d694b9db
| Author: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
| Date:   Mon Feb 18 18:25:17 2008 +0100
|
|   genirq: do not leave interupts enabled on free_irq
|
|   The default_disable() function was changed in commit:
|
|    76d2160147
|    genirq: do not mask interrupts by default
|

For MSI, default_shutdown will call mask_bit for msi device.  All mask bits
will left disabled after free_irq.  Then in the kexec case, the next kernel
can only use msi_enable bit, so all device's MSI can not be used.

So lets to restore the mask bit to its pci reset defined value (enabled) when
we disable the kernels use of msi to be a little friendlier to kexec'd kernels.

Extend msi_set_mask_bit to msi_set_mask_bits to take mask, so we can fully
restore that to 0x00 instead of 0xfe.

Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@hobbes.lan>
2008-04-29 09:11:12 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
1f43c53930 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86-fixes
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86-fixes:
  x86: fix PCI MSI breaks when booting with nosmp
  x86: vget_cycles() __always_inline
  x86: add more boot protocol documentation
  bootprotocol: cleanup
  x86: fix warning in "x86: clean up vSMP detection"
  x86: !x & y typo in mtrr code
2008-04-29 09:03:19 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
5f78e4d339 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86-bigbox-pci
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86-bigbox-pci:
  x86: add pci=check_enable_amd_mmconf and dmi check
  x86: work around io allocation overlap of HT links
  acpi: get boot_cpu_id as early for k8_scan_nodes
  x86_64: don't need set default res if only have one root bus
  x86: double check the multi root bus with fam10h mmconf
  x86: multi pci root bus with different io resource range, on 64-bit
  x86: use bus conf in NB conf fun1 to get bus range on, on 64-bit
  x86: get mp_bus_to_node early
  x86 pci: remove checking type for mmconfig probe
  x86: remove unneeded check in mmconf reject
  driver core: try parent numa_node at first before using default
  x86: seperate mmconf for fam10h out from setup_64.c
  x86: if acpi=off, force setting the mmconf for fam10h
  x86_64: check MSR to get MMCONFIG for AMD Family 10h
  x86_64: check and enable MMCONFIG for AMD Family 10h
  x86_64: set cfg_size for AMD Family 10h in case MMCONFIG
  x86: mmconf enable mcfg early
  x86: clear pci_mmcfg_virt when mmcfg get rejected
  x86: validate against acpi motherboard resources

Fixed up fairly trivial conflicts in arch/x86/pci/{init.c,pci.h} due to
OLPC support manually.
2008-04-29 08:26:51 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
867a89e0b7 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulus/powerpc
* 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulus/powerpc:
  [RAPIDIO] Change RapidIO doorbell source and target ID field to 16-bit
  [RAPIDIO] Add RapidIO connection info print out and re-training for broken connections
  [RAPIDIO] Add serial RapidIO controller support, which includes MPC8548, MPC8641
  [RAPIDIO] Add RapidIO node probing into MPC86xx_HPCN board id table
  [RAPIDIO] Add RapidIO node into MPC8641HPCN dts file
  [RAPIDIO] Auto-probe the RapidIO system size
  [RAPIDIO] Add OF-tree support to RapidIO controller driver
  [RAPIDIO] Add RapidIO multi mport support
  [RAPIDIO] Move include/asm-ppc/rio.h to asm-powerpc
  [RAPIDIO] Add RapidIO option to kernel configuration
  [RAPIDIO] Change RIO function mpc85xx_ to fsl_
  [POWERPC] Provide walk_memory_resource() for powerpc
  [POWERPC] Update lmb data structures for hotplug memory add/remove
  [POWERPC] Hotplug memory remove notifications for powerpc
  [POWERPC] windfarm: Add PowerMac 12,1 support
  [POWERPC] Fix building of pmac32 when CONFIG_NVRAM=m
  [POWERPC] Add IRQSTACKS support on ppc32
  [POWERPC] Use __always_inline for xchg* and cmpxchg*
  [POWERPC] Add fast little-endian switch system call
2008-04-29 08:19:14 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
44473d9913 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davej/cpufreq
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davej/cpufreq:
  [CPUFREQ] state info wrong after resume
  [CPUFREQ] allow use of the powersave governor as the default one
  [CPUFREQ] document the currently undocumented parts of the sysfs interface
  [CPUFREQ] expose cpufreq coordination requirements regardless of coordination mechanism
2008-04-29 08:18:49 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
bd5d435a96 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-2.6-block
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-2.6-block:
  block: Skip I/O merges when disabled
  block: add large command support
  block: replace sizeof(rq->cmd) with BLK_MAX_CDB
  ide: use blk_rq_init() to initialize the request
  block: use blk_rq_init() to initialize the request
  block: rename and export rq_init()
  block: no need to initialize rq->cmd with blk_get_request
  block: no need to initialize rq->cmd in prepare_flush_fn hook
  block/blk-barrier.c:blk_ordered_cur_seq() mustn't be inline
  block/elevator.c:elv_rq_merge_ok() mustn't be inline
  block: make queue flags non-atomic
  block: add dma alignment and padding support to blk_rq_map_kern
  unexport blk_max_pfn
  ps3disk: Remove superfluous cast
  block: make rq_init() do a full memset()
  relay: fix splice problem
2008-04-29 08:18:03 -07:00
Thomas Gleixner
fee4b19fb3 bitops: remove "optimizations"
The mapsize optimizations which were moved from x86 to the generic
code in commit 64970b68d2 increased the
binary size on non x86 architectures.

Looking into the real effects of the "optimizations" it turned out
that they are not used in find_next_bit() and find_next_zero_bit().

The ones in find_first_bit() and find_first_zero_bit() are used in a
couple of places but none of them is a real hot path.

Remove the "optimizations" all together and call the library functions
unconditionally.

Boot-tested on x86 and compile tested on every cross compiler I have.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:11:16 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
37487a5652 Add kbuild.h that contains common definitions for kbuild users
The same definitions are used for the bounds logic and the asm-offsets.h
generation by kbuild.  Put them into include/linux/kbuild.h file.

Also add a new feature

	COMMENT("text")

which can be used to insert lines of ocmments into asm-offsets.h and
bounds.h.

Cc: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Jay Estabrook <jay.estabrook@hp.com>
Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Cc: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Chris Zankel <chris@zankel.net>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Cc: Bryan Wu <bryan.wu@analog.com>
Cc: Mike Frysinger <vapier.adi@gmail.com>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Greg Ungerer <gerg@uclinux.org>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Kyle McMartin <kyle@mcmartin.ca>
Cc: Grant Grundler <grundler@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:29 -07:00
Harvey Harrison
6510d41954 kernel: Move arches to use common unaligned access
Unaligned access is ok for the following arches:
cris, m68k, mn10300, powerpc, s390, x86

Arches that use the memmove implementation for native endian, and
the byteshifting for the opposite endianness.
h8300, m32r, xtensa

Packed struct for native endian, byteshifting for other endian:
alpha, blackfin, ia64, parisc, sparc, sparc64, mips, sh

m86knommu is generic_be for Coldfire, otherwise unaligned access is ok.

frv, arm chooses endianness based on compiler settings, uses the byteshifting
versions.  Remove the unaligned trap handler from frv as it is now unused.

v850 is le, uses the byteshifting versions for both be and le.

Remove the now unused asm-generic implementation.

Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: <linux-arch@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:27 -07:00
Harvey Harrison
064106a91b kernel: add common infrastructure for unaligned access
Create a linux/unaligned directory similar in spirit to the linux/byteorder
folder to hold generic implementations collected from various arches.

Currently there are five implementations:
1) packed_struct.h: C-struct based, from asm-generic/unaligned.h
2) le_byteshift.h: Open coded byte-swapping, heavily based on asm-arm
3) be_byteshift.h: Open coded byte-swapping, heavily based on asm-arm
4) memmove.h: taken from multiple implementations in tree
5) access_ok.h: taken from x86 and others, unaligned access is ok.

All of the new implementations checks for sizes not equal to 1,2,4,8
and will fail to link.

API additions:

get_unaligned_{le16|le32|le64|be16|be32|be64}(p) which is meant to replace
code of the form:
le16_to_cpu(get_unaligned((__le16 *)p));

put_unaligned_{le16|le32|le64|be16|be32|be64}(val, pointer) which is meant to
replace code of the form:
put_unaligned(cpu_to_le16(val), (__le16 *)p);

The headers that arches should include from their asm/unaligned.h:

access_ok.h : Wrappers of the byteswapping functions in asm/byteorder

Choose a particular implementation for little-endian access:
le_byteshift.h
le_memmove.h (arch must be LE)
le_struct.h (arch must be LE)

Choose a particular implementation for big-endian access:
be_byteshift.h
be_memmove.h (arch must be BE)
be_struct.h (arch must be BE)

After including as needed from the above, include unaligned/generic.h and
define your arch's get/put_unaligned as (for LE):

Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Cc: <linux-arch@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:27 -07:00
Robert P. J. Day
dddfbaf8f8 sysv fs: remove superfluous check for __GNUC__ compiler
Since <linux/sysv_fs.h> isn't exported to userspace, there is little
point checking that this is a GNU-compatible compiler.

Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:27 -07:00
Hitoshi Mitake
c3c52bce69 edac: fix module initialization on several modules 2nd time
I implemented opstate_init() as a inline function in linux/edac.h.

added calling opstate_init() to:
	i82443bxgx_edac.c
	i82860_edac.c
	i82875p_edac.c
	i82975x_edac.c

I wrote a fixed patch of
edac-fix-module-initialization-on-several-modules.patch,
and tested building 2.6.25-rc7 with applying this. It was succeed.
I think the patch is now correct.

Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Hitoshi Mitake <h.mitake@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Thompson <dougthompson@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:26 -07:00
Akinobu Mita
199f0ca514 idr: create idr_layer_cache at boot time
Avoid a possible kmem_cache_create() failure by creating idr_layer_cache
unconditionary at boot time rather than creating it on-demand when idr_init()
is called the first time.

This change also enables us to eliminate the check every time idr_init() is
called.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: rename init_id_cache() to idr_init_cache()]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix alpha build]
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:25 -07:00
Robert P. J. Day
10521bd9f7 generalize asm-generic/ioctl.h to allow overriding values
In the spirit of a number of other asm-generic header files,
generalize asm-generic/ioctl.h to allow arch-specific ioctl.h headers
to simply override _IOC_SIZEBITS and/or _IOC_DIRBITS before including
this header file, allowing a number of ioctl.h header files to be
shortened considerably.

Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:24 -07:00
Robert P. J. Day
098ef1c0ea nbd: delete superfluous test for __GNUC__
Since <linux/compiler.h> already tests for __GNUC__, there's no point in nbd.h
repeating that test.

Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Cc: Paul Clements <paul.clements@steeleye.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:24 -07:00
Laurent Vivier
48cf6061b3 NBD: allow nbd to be used locally
This patch allows Network Block Device to be mounted locally (nbd-client to
nbd-server over 127.0.0.1).

It creates a kthread to avoid the deadlock described in NBD tools
documentation.  So, if nbd-client hangs waiting for pages, the kblockd thread
can continue its work and free pages.

I have tested the patch to verify that it avoids the hang that always occurs
when writing to a localhost nbd connection.  I have also tested to verify that
no performance degradation results from the additional thread and queue.

Patch originally from Laurent Vivier.

Signed-off-by: Paul Clements <paul.clements@steeleye.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <Laurent.Vivier@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:23 -07:00
Pavel Emelyanov
d7321cd624 sysctl: add the ->permissions callback on the ctl_table_root
When reading from/writing to some table, a root, which this table came from,
may affect this table's permissions, depending on who is working with the
table.

The core hunk is at the bottom of this patch.  All the rest is just pushing
the ctl_table_root argument up to the sysctl_perm() function.

This will be mostly (only?) used in the net sysctls.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Cc: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:23 -07:00
Pavel Emelyanov
2c4c7155f2 sysctl: clean from unneeded extern and forward declarations
The do_sysctl_strategy isn't used outside kernel/sysctl.c, so this can be
static and without a prototype in header.

Besides, move this one and parse_table() above their callers and drop the
forward declarations of the latter call.

One more "besides" - fix two checkpatch warnings: space before a ( and an
extra space at the end of a line.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Cc: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:23 -07:00
Adrian Bunk
1a46674b99 include/linux/sysctl.h: remove empty #else
Remove an empty #else.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:23 -07:00
Denis V. Lunev
59b7435149 proc: introduce proc_create_data to setup de->data
This set of patches fixes an proc ->open'less usage due to ->proc_fops flip in
the most part of the kernel code.  The original OOPS is described in the
commit 2d3a4e3666:

    Typical PDE creation code looks like:

    	pde = create_proc_entry("foo", 0, NULL);
    	if (pde)
    		pde->proc_fops = &foo_proc_fops;

    Notice that PDE is first created, only then ->proc_fops is set up to
    final value. This is a problem because right after creation
    a) PDE is fully visible in /proc , and
    b) ->proc_fops are proc_file_operations which do not have ->open callback. So, it's
       possible to ->read without ->open (see one class of oopses below).

    The fix is new API called proc_create() which makes sure ->proc_fops are
    set up before gluing PDE to main tree. Typical new code looks like:

    	pde = proc_create("foo", 0, NULL, &foo_proc_fops);
    	if (!pde)
    		return -ENOMEM;

    Fix most networking users for a start.

    In the long run, create_proc_entry() for regular files will go.

In addition to this, proc_create_data is introduced to fix reading from
proc without PDE->data. The race is basically the same as above.

create_proc_entries is replaced in the entire kernel code as new method
is also simply better.

This patch:

The problem is the same as for de->proc_fops.  Right now PDE becomes visible
without data set.  So, the entry could be looked up without data.  This, in
most cases, will simply OOPS.

proc_create_data call is created to address this issue.  proc_create now
becomes a wrapper around it.

Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: Alessandro Zummo <a.zummo@towertech.it>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Cc: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Grant Grundler <grundler@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Cc: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Cc: Jaroslav Kysela <perex@suse.cz>
Cc: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com>
Cc: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Cc: Jesper Nilsson <jesper.nilsson@axis.com>
Cc: Karsten Keil <kkeil@suse.de>
Cc: Kyle McMartin <kyle@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx>
Cc: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@infradead.org>
Cc: Mikael Starvik <starvik@axis.com>
Cc: Nadia Derbey <Nadia.Derbey@bull.net>
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Peter Osterlund <petero2@telia.com>
Cc: Pierre Peiffer <peifferp@gmail.com>
Cc: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:20 -07:00
Alexey Dobriyan
8731f14d37 proc: remove ->get_info infrastructure
Now that last dozen or so users of ->get_info were removed, ditch it too.
Everyone sane shouldd have switched to seq_file interface long ago.

P.S.: Co-existing 3 interfaces (->get_info/->read_proc/->proc_fops) for proc
      is long-standing crap, BTW, thus
      a) put ->read_proc/->write_proc/read_proc_entry() users on death row,
      b) new such users should be rejected,
      c) everyone is encouraged to convert his favourite ->read_proc user or
         I'll do it, lazy bastards.

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:19 -07:00
Alexey Dobriyan
c74c120a21 proc: remove proc_root from drivers
Remove proc_root export.  Creation and removal works well if parent PDE is
supplied as NULL -- it worked always that way.

So, one useless export removed and consistency added, some drivers created
PDEs with &proc_root as parent but removed them as NULL and so on.

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:18 -07:00
Alexey Dobriyan
928b4d8c89 proc: remove proc_root_driver
Use creation by full path: "driver/foo".

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:18 -07:00
Alexey Dobriyan
36a5aeb878 proc: remove proc_root_fs
Use creation by full path instead: "fs/foo".

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:18 -07:00
Alexey Dobriyan
9c37066d88 proc: remove proc_bus
Remove proc_bus export and variable itself. Using pathnames works fine
and is slightly more understandable and greppable.

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:18 -07:00
Matt Helsley
925d1c401f procfs task exe symlink
The kernel implements readlink of /proc/pid/exe by getting the file from
the first executable VMA.  Then the path to the file is reconstructed and
reported as the result.

Because of the VMA walk the code is slightly different on nommu systems.
This patch avoids separate /proc/pid/exe code on nommu systems.  Instead of
walking the VMAs to find the first executable file-backed VMA we store a
reference to the exec'd file in the mm_struct.

That reference would prevent the filesystem holding the executable file
from being unmounted even after unmapping the VMAs.  So we track the number
of VM_EXECUTABLE VMAs and drop the new reference when the last one is
unmapped.  This avoids pinning the mounted filesystem.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: improve comments]
[yamamoto@valinux.co.jp: fix dup_mmap]
Signed-off-by: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc:"Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Signed-off-by: YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamamoto@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:17 -07:00
David Howells
7249db2c28 keys: make key_serial() a function if CONFIG_KEYS=y
Make key_serial() an inline function rather than a macro if CONFIG_KEYS=y.
This prevents double evaluation of the key pointer and also provides better
type checking.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:17 -07:00
David Howells
0b77f5bfb4 keys: make the keyring quotas controllable through /proc/sys
Make the keyring quotas controllable through /proc/sys files:

 (*) /proc/sys/kernel/keys/root_maxkeys
     /proc/sys/kernel/keys/root_maxbytes

     Maximum number of keys that root may have and the maximum total number of
     bytes of data that root may have stored in those keys.

 (*) /proc/sys/kernel/keys/maxkeys
     /proc/sys/kernel/keys/maxbytes

     Maximum number of keys that each non-root user may have and the maximum
     total number of bytes of data that each of those users may have stored in
     their keys.

Also increase the quotas as a number of people have been complaining that it's
not big enough.  I'm not sure that it's big enough now either, but on the
other hand, it can now be set in /etc/sysctl.conf.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Cc: <arunsr@cse.iitk.ac.in>
Cc: <dwalsh@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:17 -07:00
David Howells
69664cf16a keys: don't generate user and user session keyrings unless they're accessed
Don't generate the per-UID user and user session keyrings unless they're
explicitly accessed.  This solves a problem during a login process whereby
set*uid() is called before the SELinux PAM module, resulting in the per-UID
keyrings having the wrong security labels.

This also cures the problem of multiple per-UID keyrings sometimes appearing
due to PAM modules (including pam_keyinit) setuiding and causing user_structs
to come into and go out of existence whilst the session keyring pins the user
keyring.  This is achieved by first searching for extant per-UID keyrings
before inventing new ones.

The serial bound argument is also dropped from find_keyring_by_name() as it's
not currently made use of (setting it to 0 disables the feature).

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Cc: <arunsr@cse.iitk.ac.in>
Cc: <dwalsh@redhat.com>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:17 -07:00
Arun Raghavan
6b79ccb514 keys: allow clients to set key perms in key_create_or_update()
The key_create_or_update() function provided by the keyring code has a default
set of permissions that are always applied to the key when created.  This
might not be desirable to all clients.

Here's a patch that adds a "perm" parameter to the function to address this,
which can be set to KEY_PERM_UNDEF to revert to the current behaviour.

Signed-off-by: Arun Raghavan <arunsr@cse.iitk.ac.in>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Satyam Sharma <ssatyam@cse.iitk.ac.in>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:16 -07:00
David Howells
70a5bb72b5 keys: add keyctl function to get a security label
Add a keyctl() function to get the security label of a key.

The following is added to Documentation/keys.txt:

 (*) Get the LSM security context attached to a key.

	long keyctl(KEYCTL_GET_SECURITY, key_serial_t key, char *buffer,
		    size_t buflen)

     This function returns a string that represents the LSM security context
     attached to a key in the buffer provided.

     Unless there's an error, it always returns the amount of data it could
     produce, even if that's too big for the buffer, but it won't copy more
     than requested to userspace. If the buffer pointer is NULL then no copy
     will take place.

     A NUL character is included at the end of the string if the buffer is
     sufficiently big.  This is included in the returned count.  If no LSM is
     in force then an empty string will be returned.

     A process must have view permission on the key for this function to be
     successful.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: declare keyctl_get_security()]
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:16 -07:00
David Howells
4a38e122e2 keys: allow the callout data to be passed as a blob rather than a string
Allow the callout data to be passed as a blob rather than a string for
internal kernel services that call any request_key_*() interface other than
request_key().  request_key() itself still takes a NUL-terminated string.

The functions that change are:

	request_key_with_auxdata()
	request_key_async()
	request_key_async_with_auxdata()

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Kevin Coffman <kwc@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:16 -07:00
Cyrill Gorcunov
eb6900fbfa ELF: Use EI_NIDENT instead of numeric value
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:16 -07:00
Robert P. J. Day
66ec2d7786 ipmi: make comment match actual preprocessor check
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:15 -07:00
Alexey Dobriyan
fa68be0def ipmi: remove ->write_proc code
IPMI code theoretically allows ->write_proc users, but nobody uses this thus
far.

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Corey Minyard <minyard@acm.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:15 -07:00
Corey Minyard
c70d749986 ipmi: style fixes in the base code
Lots of style fixes for the base IPMI driver.  No functional changes.
Basically fixes everything reported by checkpatch and fixes the comment
style.

Signed-off-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:15 -07:00
Corey Minyard
bda4c30aa6 ipmi: run to completion fixes
The "run_to_completion" mode was somewhat broken.  Locks need to be avoided in
run_to_completion mode, and it shouldn't be used by normal users, just
internally for panic situations.

This patch removes locks in run_to_completion mode and removes the user call
for setting the mode.  The only user was the poweroff code, but it was easily
converted to use the polling interface.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:14 -07:00
Zhang, Yanmin
44f564a4bf ipc: add definitions of USHORT_MAX and others
Add definitions of USHORT_MAX and others into kernel.  ipc uses it and slub
implementation might also use it.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Zhang Yanmin <yanmin.zhang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Nadia Derbey <Nadia.Derbey@bull.net>
Cc: "Pierre Peiffer" <peifferp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:14 -07:00
Nadia Derbey
6546bc4279 ipc: re-enable msgmni automatic recomputing msgmni if set to negative
The enhancement as asked for by Yasunori: if msgmni is set to a negative
value, register it back into the ipcns notifier chain.

A new interface has been added to the notification mechanism:
notifier_chain_cond_register() registers a notifier block only if not already
registered.  With that new interface we avoid taking care of the states
changes in procfs.

Signed-off-by: Nadia Derbey <Nadia.Derbey@bull.net>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Pierre Peiffer <pierre.peiffer@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:13 -07:00
Nadia Derbey
e2c284d8a8 ipc: recompute msgmni on ipc namespace creation/removal
Introduce a notification mechanism that aims at recomputing msgmni each time
an ipc namespace is created or removed.

The ipc namespace notifier chain already defined for memory hotplug management
is used for that purpose too.

Each time a new ipc namespace is allocated or an existing ipc namespace is
removed, the ipcns notifier chain is notified.  The callback routine for each
registered ipc namespace is then activated in order to recompute msgmni for
that namespace.

Signed-off-by: Nadia Derbey <Nadia.Derbey@bull.net>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Pierre Peiffer <pierre.peiffer@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:12 -07:00
Nadia Derbey
b6b337ad1c ipc: recompute msgmni on memory add / remove
Introduce the registration of a callback routine that recomputes msg_ctlmni
upon memory add / remove.

A single notifier block is registered in the hotplug memory chain for all the
ipc namespaces.

Since the ipc namespaces are not linked together, they have their own
notification chain: one notifier_block is defined per ipc namespace.

Each time an ipc namespace is created (removed) it registers (unregisters) its
notifier block in (from) the ipcns chain.  The callback routine registered in
the memory chain invokes the ipcns notifier chain with the IPCNS_LOWMEM event.
 Each callback routine registered in the ipcns namespace, in turn, recomputes
msgmni for the owning namespace.

Signed-off-by: Nadia Derbey <Nadia.Derbey@bull.net>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Pierre Peiffer <pierre.peiffer@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:12 -07:00
Nadia Derbey
0c40ba4fd6 ipc: define the slab_memory_callback priority as a constant
This is a trivial patch that defines the priority of slab_memory_callback in
the callback chain as a constant.  This is to prepare for next patch in the
series.

Signed-off-by: Nadia Derbey <Nadia.Derbey@bull.net>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Pierre Peiffer <pierre.peiffer@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:12 -07:00
Nadia Derbey
4d89dc6ab2 ipc: scale msgmni to the number of ipc namespaces
Since all the namespaces see the same amount of memory (the total one) this
patch introduces a new variable that counts the ipc namespaces and divides
msg_ctlmni by this counter.

Signed-off-by: Nadia Derbey <Nadia.Derbey@bull.net>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Pierre Peiffer <pierre.peiffer@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:12 -07:00
Nadia Derbey
f7bf3df8be ipc: scale msgmni to the amount of lowmem
On large systems we'd like to allow a larger number of message queues.  In
some cases up to 32K.  However simply setting MSGMNI to a larger value may
cause problems for smaller systems.

The first patch of this series introduces a default maximum number of message
queue ids that scales with the amount of lowmem.

Since msgmni is per namespace and there is no amount of memory dedicated to
each namespace so far, the second patch of this series scales msgmni to the
number of ipc namespaces too.

Since msgmni depends on the amount of memory, it becomes necessary to
recompute it upon memory add/remove.  In the 4th patch, memory hotplug
management is added: a notifier block is registered into the memory hotplug
notifier chain for the ipc subsystem.  Since the ipc namespaces are not linked
together, they have their own notification chain: one notifier_block is
defined per ipc namespace.  Each time an ipc namespace is created (removed) it
registers (unregisters) its notifier block in (from) the ipcns chain.  The
callback routine registered in the memory chain invokes the ipcns notifier
chain with the IPCNS_MEMCHANGE event.  Each callback routine registered in the
ipcns namespace, in turn, recomputes msgmni for the owning namespace.

The 5th patch makes it possible to keep the memory hotplug notifier chain's
lock for a lesser amount of time: instead of directly notifying the ipcns
notifier chain upon memory add/remove, a work item is added to the global
workqueue.  When activated, this work item is the one who notifies the ipcns
notifier chain.

Since msgmni depends on the number of ipc namespaces, it becomes necessary to
recompute it upon ipc namespace creation / removal.  The 6th patch uses the
ipc namespace notifier chain for that purpose: that chain is notified each
time an ipc namespace is created or removed.  This makes it possible to
recompute msgmni for all the namespaces each time one of them is created or
removed.

When msgmni is explicitely set from userspace, we should avoid recomputing it
upon memory add/remove or ipcns creation/removal.  This is what the 7th patch
does: it simply unregisters the ipcns callback routine as soon as msgmni has
been changed from procfs or sysctl().

Even if msgmni is set by hand, it should be possible to make it back
automatically recomputed upon memory add/remove or ipcns creation/removal.
This what is achieved in patch 8: if set to a negative value, msgmni is added
back to the ipcns notifier chain, making it automatically recomputed again.

This patch:

Compute msg_ctlmni to make it scale with the amount of lowmem.  msg_ctlmni is
now set to make the message queues occupy 1/32 of the available lowmem.

Some cleaning has also been done for the MSGPOOL constant: the msgctl man page
says it's not used, but it also defines it as a size in bytes (the code
expresses it in Kbytes).

Signed-off-by: Nadia Derbey <Nadia.Derbey@bull.net>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Matt Helsley <matthltc@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Pierre Peiffer <pierre.peiffer@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:12 -07:00
Arthur Kepner
cb9fbc5c37 IB: expand ib_umem_get() prototype
Add a new parameter, dmasync, to the ib_umem_get() prototype.  Use dmasync = 1
when mapping user-allocated CQs with ib_umem_get().

Signed-off-by: Arthur Kepner <akepner@sgi.com>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Cc: Jes Sorensen <jes@sgi.com>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rdreier@cisco.com>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Grant Grundler <grundler@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <michael@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:12 -07:00
Arthur Kepner
309df0c503 dma/ia64: update ia64 machvecs, swiotlb.c
Change all ia64 machvecs to use the new dma_*map*_attrs() interfaces.
Implement the old dma_*map_*() interfaces in terms of the corresponding new
interfaces.  For ia64/sn, make use of one dma attribute,
DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER.  Introduce swiotlb_*map*_attrs() functions.

Signed-off-by: Arthur Kepner <akepner@sgi.com>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Cc: Jes Sorensen <jes@sgi.com>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rdreier@cisco.com>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Grant Grundler <grundler@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <michael@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:12 -07:00
Arthur Kepner
74bc7ceebf dma: add dma_*map*_attrs() interfaces
Introduce new interfaces, dma_*map*_attrs(), for passing architecture-specific
attributes when memory is mapped and unmapped for DMA.  Give the interfaces
default implementations which ignore attributes.  Also introduce the
dma_{set|get}_attr() interfaces for setting and retrieving individual
attributes.  Define one attribute, DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER, in anticipation of
its use by ia64/sn.  Select whether architectures implement arch-specific
versions of the dma_*map*_attrs() interfaces via HAVE_DMA_ATTRS in Kconfig.

[markn@au1.ibm.com: dma_{set,get}_attr() have to be static inline]
Signed-off-by: Arthur Kepner <akepner@sgi.com>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Cc: Jes Sorensen <jes@sgi.com>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rdreier@cisco.com>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Grant Grundler <grundler@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <michael@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Mark Nelson <markn@au1.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:11 -07:00
Pavel Emelyanov
29f2a4dac8 memcgroup: implement failcounter reset
This is a very common requirement from people using the resource accounting
facilities (not only memcgroup but also OpenVZ beancounters).  They want to
put the cgroup in an initial state without re-creating it.

For example after re-configuring a group people want to observe how this new
configuration fits the group needs without saving the previous failcnt value.

Merge two resets into one mem_cgroup_reset() function to demonstrate how
multiplexing work.

Besides, I have plans to move the files, that correspond to res_counter to the
res_counter.c file and somehow "import" them into controller.  I don't know
how to make it gracefully yet, but merging resets of max_usage and failcnt in
one function will be there for sure.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:10 -07:00
Pavel Emelyanov
faebe9fdf3 memcgroups: add a document describing the resource counter abstraction
The resource counter is supposed to facilitate the resource accounting of
arbitrary resource (and it already does this for memory controller).

However, it is about to be used in other resources controllers (swap, kernel
memory, networking, etc), so provide a doc describing how to work with it.
This will eliminate all the possible future duplications in the appropriate
controllers' docs.

Fixed errors pointed out by Randy.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix documentation tpyo]
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:10 -07:00
Pavel Emelyanov
c84872e168 memcgroup: add the max_usage member on the res_counter
This field is the maximal value of the usage one since the counter creation
(or since the latest reset).

To reset this to the usage value simply write anything to the appropriate
cgroup file.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:10 -07:00
Balbir Singh
cf475ad28a cgroups: add an owner to the mm_struct
Remove the mem_cgroup member from mm_struct and instead adds an owner.

This approach was suggested by Paul Menage.  The advantage of this approach
is that, once the mm->owner is known, using the subsystem id, the cgroup
can be determined.  It also allows several control groups that are
virtually grouped by mm_struct, to exist independent of the memory
controller i.e., without adding mem_cgroup's for each controller, to
mm_struct.

A new config option CONFIG_MM_OWNER is added and the memory resource
controller selects this config option.

This patch also adds cgroup callbacks to notify subsystems when mm->owner
changes.  The mm_cgroup_changed callback is called with the task_lock() of
the new task held and is called just prior to changing the mm->owner.

I am indebted to Paul Menage for the several reviews of this patchset and
helping me make it lighter and simpler.

This patch was tested on a powerpc box, it was compiled with both the
MM_OWNER config turned on and off.

After the thread group leader exits, it's moved to init_css_state by
cgroup_exit(), thus all future charges from runnings threads would be
redirected to the init_css_set's subsystem.

Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Sudhir Kumar <skumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamamoto@valinux.co.jp>
Cc: Hirokazu Takahashi <taka@valinux.co.jp>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>,
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:10 -07:00
Serge E. Hallyn
29486df325 cgroups: introduce cft->read_seq()
Introduce a read_seq() helper in cftype, which uses seq_file to print out
lists.  Use it in the devices cgroup.  Also split devices.allow into two
files, so now devices.deny and devices.allow are the ones to use to manipulate
the whitelist, while devices.list outputs the cgroup's current whitelist.

Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:10 -07:00
Li Zefan
28fd5dfc12 cgroups: remove the css_set linked-list
Now we can run through the hash table instead of running through the
linked-list.

Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:10 -07:00
Li Zefan
472b1053f3 cgroups: use a hash table for css_set finding
When we attach a process to a different cgroup, the css_set linked-list will
be run through to find a suitable existing css_set to use.  This patch
implements a hash table for better performance.

The following benchmarks have been tested:

For N in 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 500, 1000, create N cgroups with one sleeping
task in each, and then move an additional task through each cgroup in
turn.

Here is a test result:

N	Loop	orig - Time(s)	hash - Time(s)
----------------------------------------------
1	10000	1.201231728	1.196311177
5	2000	1.065743872	1.040566424
10	1000	0.991054735	0.986876440
50	200	0.976554203	0.969608733
100	100	0.998504680	0.969218270
500	20	1.157347764	0.962602963
1000	10	1.619521852	1.085140172

Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:09 -07:00
Serge E. Hallyn
08ce5f16ee cgroups: implement device whitelist
Implement a cgroup to track and enforce open and mknod restrictions on device
files.  A device cgroup associates a device access whitelist with each cgroup.
 A whitelist entry has 4 fields.  'type' is a (all), c (char), or b (block).
'all' means it applies to all types and all major and minor numbers.  Major
and minor are either an integer or * for all.  Access is a composition of r
(read), w (write), and m (mknod).

The root device cgroup starts with rwm to 'all'.  A child devcg gets a copy of
the parent.  Admins can then remove devices from the whitelist or add new
entries.  A child cgroup can never receive a device access which is denied its
parent.  However when a device access is removed from a parent it will not
also be removed from the child(ren).

An entry is added using devices.allow, and removed using
devices.deny.  For instance

	echo 'c 1:3 mr' > /cgroups/1/devices.allow

allows cgroup 1 to read and mknod the device usually known as
/dev/null.  Doing

	echo a > /cgroups/1/devices.deny

will remove the default 'a *:* mrw' entry.

CAP_SYS_ADMIN is needed to change permissions or move another task to a new
cgroup.  A cgroup may not be granted more permissions than the cgroup's parent
has.  Any task can move itself between cgroups.  This won't be sufficient, but
we can decide the best way to adequately restrict movement later.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix may-be-used-uninitialized warning]
Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Looks-good-to: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Daniel Hokka Zakrisson <daniel@hozac.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:09 -07:00
Pavel Emelyanov
d447ea2f30 cgroups: add the trigger callback to struct cftype
Trigger callback can be used to receive a kick-up from the user space.  The
string written is ignored.

The cftype->private is used for multiplexing events.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:09 -07:00
Paul Menage
e73d2c61d1 CGroups _s64 files: add cgroups read_s64/write_s64 file methods
These patches add cgroups read_s64 and write_s64 control file methods (the
signed equivalent of read_u64/write_u64) and use them to implement the
cpu.rt_runtime_us control file in the CFS cgroup subsystem.

This patch:

These are the signed equivalents of the read_u64/write_u64 methods

Signed-off-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:09 -07:00
Paul Menage
3116f0e3df CGroup API files: move "releasable" to cgroup_debug subsystem
The "releasable" control file provided by the cgroup framework exports the
state of a per-cgroup flag that's related to the notify-on-release feature.
This isn't really generally useful, unless you're trying to debug this
particular feature of cgroups.

This patch moves the "releasable" file to the cgroup_debug subsystem.

Signed-off-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: "Li Zefan" <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: "YAMAMOTO Takashi" <yamamoto@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:09 -07:00
Paul Menage
9179656961 CGroup API files: add cgroup map data type
Adds a new type of supported control file representation, a map from strings
to u64 values.

Each map entry is printed as a line in a similar format to /proc/vmstat, i.e.
"$key $value\n"

Signed-off-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: "Li Zefan" <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: "YAMAMOTO Takashi" <yamamoto@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:08 -07:00
Paul Menage
2c7eabf376 CGroup API files: add res_counter_read_u64()
Adds a function for returning the value of a resource counter member, in a
form suitable for use in a cgroup read_u64 control file method.

Signed-off-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: "Li Zefan" <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: "YAMAMOTO Takashi" <yamamoto@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:08 -07:00
Paul Menage
f4c753b7ea CGroup API files: rename read/write_uint methods to read_write_u64
Several people have justifiably complained that the "_uint" suffix is
inappropriate for functions that handle u64 values, so this patch just renames
all these functions and their users to have the suffic _u64.

[peterz@infradead.org: build fix]
Signed-off-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: "Li Zefan" <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: "YAMAMOTO Takashi" <yamamoto@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:07 -07:00
Andres Salomon
3ef0e1f8ca x86: olpc: add One Laptop Per Child architecture support
This adds support for OLPC XO hardware.  Open Firmware on XOs don't contain
the VSA, so it is necessary to emulate the PCI BARs in the kernel.  This also
adds functionality for running EC commands, and a CONFIG_OLPC.

A number of OLPC drivers depend upon CONFIG_OLPC.

olpc_ec_timeout is a hack to work around Embedded Controller bugs.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: geode_has_vsa build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: olpc_register_battery_callback doesn't exist]
Signed-off-by: Andres Salomon <dilinger@debian.org>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: Jordan Crouse <jordan.crouse@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:07 -07:00
Jan Engelhardt
c9e587abfd vt: fix background color on line feed
A command that causes a line feed while a background color is active,
such as

	perl -e 'print "x" x 60, "\e[44m", "x" x 40, "\e[0m\n"'
and
	perl -e 'print "x" x 40, "\e[44m\n", "x" x 40, "\e[0m\n"'

causes the line that was started as a result of the line feed to be completely
filled with the currently active background color instead of the default
color.

When scrolling, part of the current screen is memcpy'd/memmove'd to the new
region, and the new line(s) that will appear as a result are cleared using
memset.  However, the lines are cleared with vc->vc_video_erase_char, causing
them to be colored with the currently active background color.  This is
different from X11 terminal emulators which always paint the new lines with
the default background color (e.g.  `xterm -bg black`).

The clear operation (\e[1J and \e[2J) also use vc_video_erase_char, so a new
vc->vc_scrl_erase_char is introduced with contains the erase character used
for scrolling, which is built from vc->vc_def_color instead of vc->vc_color.

Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:06 -07:00
Dave Young
5f97a5a879 isolate ratelimit from printk.c for other use
Due to the rcupreempt.h WARN_ON trigged, I got 2G syslog file.  For some
serious complaining of kernel, we need repeat the warnings, so here I isolate
the ratelimit part of printk.c to a standalone file.

Signed-off-by: Dave Young <hidave.darkstar@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:06 -07:00
David Howells
8f0cfa52a1 xattr: add missing consts to function arguments
Add missing consts to xattr function arguments.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Andreas Gruenbacher <agruen@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:06 -07:00
Ilpo Järvinen
76308da189 smb.h: uses struct timespec but didn't include linux/time.h
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:05 -07:00
Robert P. J. Day
95d8c365b2 lists: add "const" qualifier to first arg of list_splice() operations
Since neither the list_splice() nor __list_splice() routines modify their
first argument, might as well declare them "const".

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:04 -07:00
Robert P. J. Day
8673511845 kbuild: move files that don't check __KERNEL__
Move files that don't check __KERNEL__ from unifdef-y to header-y.

Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Cc: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:04 -07:00
Robert P. J. Day
1a6924f93d kbuild: remove duplicate, conflicting entry for oom.h
oom.h is already tagged for unifdef'ing, so its entry as a simple exportable
header should be deleted.

Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Cc: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:04 -07:00
Robert P. J. Day
aab3c3b01d Remove superfluous include of string.h from percpu.h
There's nothing in percpu.h that requires an explicit inclusion of
string.h.

Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:04 -07:00
Pavel Emelyanov
3a2e7f47d7 binfmt_misc.c: avoid potential kernel stack overflow
This can be triggered with root help only, but...

Register the ":text:E::txt::/root/cat.txt:' rule in binfmt_misc (by root) and
try launching the cat.txt file (by anyone) :) The result is - the endless
recursion in the load_misc_binary -> open_exec -> load_misc_binary chain and
stack overflow.

There's a similar problem with binfmt_script, and there's a sh_bang memner on
linux_binprm structure to handle this, but simply raising this in binfmt_misc
may break some setups when the interpreter of some misc binaries is a script.

So the proposal is to turn sh_bang into a bit, add a new one (the misc_bang)
and raise it in load_misc_binary.  After this, even if we set up the misc ->
script -> misc loop for binfmts one of them will step on its own bang and
exit.

Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:04 -07:00
Adrian Bunk
7d195a5409 proper extern for late_time_init
Add a proper extern for late_time_init in include/linux/init.h

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: john stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:03 -07:00
Tetsuo Handa
175a06ae30 exec: remove argv_len from struct linux_binprm
I noticed that 2.6.24.2 calculates bprm->argv_len at do_execve().  But it
doesn't update bprm->argv_len after "remove_arg_zero() +
copy_strings_kernel()" at load_script() etc.

audit_bprm() is called from search_binary_handler() and
search_binary_handler() is called from load_script() etc.  Thus, I think the
condition check

  if (bprm->argv_len > (audit_argv_kb << 10))
          return -E2BIG;

in audit_bprm() might return wrong result when strlen(removed_arg) !=
strlen(spliced_args).  Why not update bprm->argv_len at load_script() etc.  ?

By the way, 2.6.25-rc3 seems to not doing the condition check.  Is the field
bprm->argv_len no longer needed?

Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Cc: Ollie Wild <aaw@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:03 -07:00
WANG Cong
ecd0fa9825 Remove the macro get_personality
Remove the macro get_personality, use ->personality instead.

Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Bryan Wu <bryan.wu@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:02 -07:00
jan sonnek
6e5e8c5085 Misc: phantom, consistent whitespace
Make it consistent with the rest of the header.

Signed-off-by: jan sonnek <xsonnek@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:02 -07:00
Jiri Slaby
7e4e8e689f Misc: phantom, add compat ioctl
Openhaptics uses pointers in _IOC() macros, implement compat for them. Also
add _IOC alternatives which are not 32/64 bit dependent (structures
passed through aren't yet) -- libphantom will use them.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:02 -07:00
Adrian Bunk
eb0f1c442d proper __do_softirq() prototype
Add a proper prototype for __do_softirq() in include/linux/interrupt.h

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:02 -07:00
Adrian Bunk
58b250daff remove mca_is_adapter_used()
Remove the no longer used mca_is_adapter_used().

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@steeleye.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:01 -07:00
Adrian Bunk
946a57b526 remove generic_commit_write()
Remove the obsolete and no longer used generic_commit_write().

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:01 -07:00
Adrian Bunk
d5470b596a fs/aio.c: make 3 functions static
Make the following needlessly global functions static:

- __put_ioctx()
- lookup_ioctx()
- io_submit_one()

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Cc: Zach Brown <zach.brown@oracle.com>
Cc: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@kvack.org>
Cc: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:00 -07:00
Adrian Bunk
07d45da616 fs/drop_caches.c: make 2 functions static
Make the following needlessly global functions static:

- drop_pagecache()
- drop_slab()

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:00 -07:00
Adrian Bunk
f11b00f3bd fs/fs-writeback.c: make 2 functions static
Make the following needlessly global functions static:

- writeback_acquire()
- writeback_release()

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:00 -07:00
Adrian Bunk
67cde59537 make vfs_ioctl() static
Make the needlessly global vfs_ioctl() static.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:00 -07:00
Adrian Bunk
6b09ae6692 make __put_super() static
Make the needlessly global __put_super() static.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:06:00 -07:00
Sam Ravnborg
f718e31819 cpu: fix section mismatch warnings in hotcpu_register
Fix following warnings:
WARNING: vmlinux.o(.data+0x5020): Section mismatch in reference from the variable cpu_vsyscall_notifier_nb.12876 to the function .cpuinit.text:cpu_vsyscall_notifier()
WARNING: vmlinux.o(.data+0x9ce0): Section mismatch in reference from the variable profile_cpu_callback_nb.17654 to the function .devinit.text:profile_cpu_callback()
WARNING: vmlinux.o(.data+0xd380): Section mismatch in reference from the variable workqueue_cpu_callback_nb.15004 to the function .devinit.text:workqueue_cpu_callback()
WARNING: vmlinux.o(.data+0x11d00): Section mismatch in reference from the variable relay_hotcpu_callback_nb.19626 to the function .cpuinit.text:relay_hotcpu_callback()
WARNING: vmlinux.o(.data+0x12970): Section mismatch in reference from the variable cpu_callback_nb.24694 to the function .devinit.text:cpu_callback()
WARNING: vmlinux.o(.data+0x3fee0): Section mismatch in reference from the variable percpu_counter_hotcpu_callback_nb.10903 to the function .cpuinit.text:percpu_counter_hotcpu_callback()
WARNING: vmlinux.o(.data+0x74ce0): Section mismatch in reference from the variable topology_cpu_callback_nb.12506 to the function .cpuinit.text:topology_cpu_callback()

Functions used as argument are by definition only used in HOTPLUG_CPU
situations so thay are annotated __cpuinit.  Annotate the static variable used
by hotcpu_register with __cpuinitdata to match this definition.

Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Cc: Gautham R Shenoy <ego@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:05:59 -07:00
Sripathi Kodi
679c9cd4ac add RUSAGE_THREAD
Add the RUSAGE_THREAD option for the getrusage system call.  This is
essentially Roland's patch from http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/1/18/589, but the
line about RUSAGE_LWP line has been removed, as suggested by Ulrich and
Christoph.

Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@googlemail.com>
Cc: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:05:59 -07:00
Nur Hussein
95b570c9ce Taint kernel after WARN_ON(condition)
The kernel is sent to tainted within the warn_on_slowpath() function, and
whenever a warning occurs the new taint flag 'W' is set.  This is useful to
know if a warning occurred before a BUG by preserving the warning as a flag
in the taint state.

This does not work on architectures where WARN_ON has its own definition.
These archs are:
	1. s390
	2. superh
	3. avr32
	4. parisc

The maintainers of these architectures have been added in the Cc: list
in this email to alert them to the situation.

The documentation in oops-tracing.txt has been updated to include the
new flag.

Signed-off-by: Nur Hussein <nurhussein@gmail.com>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Cc: "Randy.Dunlap" <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Kyle McMartin <kyle@mcmartin.ca>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:05:59 -07:00
Ilpo Järvinen
bd3feb13e1 fs/coda: remove static inline forward declarations
They're defined later on in the same file with bodies and nothing in
between needs them.

Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Acked-by: Jan Harkes <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:05:59 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
ede9c697bc Avoid divides in BITS_TO_LONGS
BITS_PER_LONG is a signed value (32 or 64)

DIV_ROUND_UP(nr, BITS_PER_LONG) performs signed arithmetic if "nr" is signed too.

Converting BITS_TO_LONGS(nr) to DIV_ROUND_UP(nr, BITS_PER_BYTE *
sizeof(long)) makes sure compiler can perform a right shift, even if "nr"
is a signed value, instead of an expensive integer divide.

Applying this patch saves 141 bytes on x86 when CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y
and speedup bitmap operations.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:05:59 -07:00
Nishanth Aravamudan
ab857d0938 mm: fix misleading __GFP_REPEAT related comments
The definition and use of __GFP_REPEAT, __GFP_NOFAIL and __GFP_NORETRY in the
core VM have somewhat differing comments as to their actual semantics.
Annoyingly, the flags definition has inline and header comments, which might
be interpreted as not being equivalent.  Just add references to the header
comments in the inline ones so they don't go out of sync in the future.  In
their use in __alloc_pages() clarify that the current implementation treats
low-order allocations and __GFP_REPEAT allocations as distinct cases.

To clarify, the flags' semantics are:

__GFP_NORETRY means try no harder than one run through __alloc_pages

__GFP_REPEAT means __GFP_NOFAIL

__GFP_NOFAIL means repeat forever

order <= PAGE_ALLOC_COSTLY_ORDER means __GFP_NOFAIL

Signed-off-by: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-29 08:05:58 -07:00
Alan D. Brunelle
ac9fafa124 block: Skip I/O merges when disabled
The block I/O + elevator + I/O scheduler code spend a lot of time trying
to merge I/Os -- rightfully so under "normal" circumstances. However,
if one were to know that the incoming I/O stream was /very/ random in
nature, the cycles are wasted.

This patch adds a per-request_queue tunable that (when set) disables
merge attempts (beyond the simple one-hit cache check), thus freeing up
a non-trivial amount of CPU cycles.

Signed-off-by: Alan D. Brunelle <alan.brunelle@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
2008-04-29 14:48:55 +02:00
FUJITA Tomonori
d7e3c3249e block: add large command support
This patch changes rq->cmd from the static array to a pointer to
support large commands.

We rarely handle large commands. So for optimization, a struct request
still has a static array for a command. rq_init sets rq->cmd pointer
to the static array.

Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
2008-04-29 14:48:55 +02:00
FUJITA Tomonori
2a4aa30c5f block: rename and export rq_init()
This rename rq_init() blk_rq_init() and export it. Any path that hands
the request to the block layer needs to call it to initialize the
request.

This is a preparation for large command support, which needs to
initialize the request in a proper way (that is, just doing a memset()
will not work).

Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
2008-04-29 14:48:55 +02:00
Nick Piggin
75ad23bc0f block: make queue flags non-atomic
We can save some atomic ops in the IO path, if we clearly define
the rules of how to modify the queue flags.

Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
2008-04-29 14:48:33 +02:00
Hugh Dickins
9752082560 x86: vget_cycles() __always_inline
Mark vget_cycles() as __always_inline, so gcc is never tempted to make
the vsyscall vread_tsc() dive into kernel text, with resulting SIGSEGV.

This was a self-inflicted wound: I've not seen that happen with unhacked
sources; but for debug reasons I'd changed my x86/Makefile to compile
no-unit-at-a-time, and that in conjunction with OPTIMIZE_INLINING=y
ended up with vget_cycles() in kernel text.  Perhaps it can happen
in other ways: safer to use __always_inline.

Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-29 13:45:24 +02:00
Philip Craig
443a70d50b netfilter: nf_conntrack: padding breaks conntrack hash on ARM
commit 0794935e "[NETFILTER]: nf_conntrack: optimize hash_conntrack()"
results in ARM platforms hashing uninitialised padding.  This padding
doesn't exist on other architectures.

Fix this by replacing NF_CT_TUPLE_U_BLANK() with memset() to ensure
everything is initialised.  There were only 4 bytes that
NF_CT_TUPLE_U_BLANK() wasn't clearing anyway (or 12 bytes on ARM).

Signed-off-by: Philip Craig <philipc@snapgear.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-29 03:35:10 -07:00
Timo Teras
0010e46577 ipv4: Update MTU to all related cache entries in ip_rt_frag_needed()
Add struct net_device parameter to ip_rt_frag_needed() and update MTU to
cache entries where ifindex is specified. This is similar to what is
already done in ip_rt_redirect().

Signed-off-by: Timo Teras <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-29 03:32:25 -07:00
David L Stevens
42908c69f6 net: Add compat support for getsockopt (MCAST_MSFILTER)
This patch adds support for getsockopt for MCAST_MSFILTER for
both IPv4 and IPv6. It depends on the previous setsockopt patch,
and uses the same method.

Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-29 03:23:22 -07:00
Julian Anastasov
2ad17defd5 ipvs: fix oops in backup for fwmark conn templates
Fixes bug http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=10556
where conn templates with protocol=IPPROTO_IP can oops backup box.

        Result from ip_vs_proto_get() should be checked because
protocol value can be invalid or unsupported in backup. But
for valid message we should not fail for templates which use
IPPROTO_IP. Also, add checks to validate message limits and
connection state. Show state NONE for templates using IPPROTO_IP.

Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-29 03:21:23 -07:00
Zhang Wei
61b269179d [RAPIDIO] Add serial RapidIO controller support, which includes MPC8548, MPC8641
Signed-off-by: Zhang Wei <wei.zhang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
2008-04-29 19:40:29 +10:00
Zhang Wei
e042323607 [RAPIDIO] Auto-probe the RapidIO system size
The RapidIO system size will auto probe in RIO setup.  The route table
and rionet_active in rionet.c are changed to be allocated dynamically
according to the size of the system.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Wei <wei.zhang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
2008-04-29 19:40:28 +10:00
Zhang Wei
ad1e9380b1 [RAPIDIO] Add RapidIO multi mport support
The original RapidIO driver suppose there is only one mpc85xx RIO controller
in system.  So, some data structures are defined as mpc85xx_rio global, such
as 'regs_win', 'dbell_ring', 'msg_tx_ring'.  Now, I changed them to mport's
private members.  And you can define multi RIO OF-nodes in dts file for multi
RapidIO controller in one processor, such as PCI/PCI-Ex host controllers in
Freescale's silicon.  And the mport operation function declaration should be
changed to know which RapidIO controller is target.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Wei <wei.zhang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
2008-04-29 19:40:28 +10:00
Zhang Wei
5a7b60ed88 [RAPIDIO] Move include/asm-ppc/rio.h to asm-powerpc
Signed-off-by: Zhang Wei <wei.zhang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
2008-04-29 19:40:27 +10:00
David S. Miller
e2fdd7fd99 sparc: Add kgdb support.
Current limitations:

1) On SMP single stepping has some fundamental issues,
   shared with other sw single-step architectures such
   as mips and arm.

2) On 32-bit sparc we don't support SMP kgdb yet.  That
   requires some reworking of the IPI mechanisms and
   infrastructure on that platform.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-29 02:38:50 -07:00
David S. Miller
0a9e9b110c sparc32: Kill smp_message_pass() and related code.
Completely unused, and it just makes the SMP message
passing code on 32-bit sparc look more complex than
it is.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-29 01:14:10 -07:00
FUJITA Tomonori
68154e90c9 block: add dma alignment and padding support to blk_rq_map_kern
This patch adds bio_copy_kern similar to
bio_copy_user. blk_rq_map_kern uses bio_copy_kern instead of
bio_map_kern if necessary.

bio_copy_kern uses temporary pages and the bi_end_io callback frees
these pages. bio_copy_kern saves the original kernel buffer at
bio->bi_private it doesn't use something like struct bio_map_data to
store the information about the caller.

Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
2008-04-29 09:50:34 +02:00
Bjorn Helgaas
dfd2e1b4e6 PNPBIOS: remove include/linux/pnpbios.h
The contents of include/linux/pnpbios.h are used only inside the PNPBIOS
backend, so this file doesn't need to be visible outside PNP.

This patch moves the contents into an existing PNPBIOS-specific file,
drivers/pnp/pnpbios/pnpbios.h.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-By: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:30 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
261b20da4b ISAPNP: remove unused pnp_dev->regs field
The "regs" field in struct pnp_dev is set but never read, so remove it.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-By: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:30 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
62cfb298b9 PNP: make interfaces private to the PNP core
The interfaces for registering protocols, devices, cards,
and resource options should only be used inside the PNP core.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-By: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:30 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
02d83b5da3 PNP: make pnp_resource_table private to PNP core
There are no remaining references to the PNP_MAX_* constants or
the pnp_resource_table structure outside of the PNP core.  Make
them private to the PNP core.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:27 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
13575e81bb PNP: convert resource accessors to use pnp_get_resource(), not pnp_resource_table
This removes more direct references to pnp_resource_table.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:23 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
b90eca0a61 PNP: add pnp_get_resource() interface
This adds a pnp_get_resource() that works the same way as
platform_get_resource().  This will enable us to consolidate
many pnp_resource_table references in one place, which will
make it easier to make the table dynamic.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-By: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:23 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
2cd1393098 PNP: remove unused interfaces using pnp_resource_table
Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com> recently removed the only in-tree
driver uses of:

    pnp_init_resource_table()
    pnp_manual_config_dev()
    pnp_resource_change()

in this change:

    http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git;a=commitdiff;h=109c53f840e551d6e99ecfd8b0131a968332c89f

These are no longer used in the PNP core either, so we can just remove
them completely.

It's possible that there are out-of-tree drivers that use these
interfaces.  They should be changed to either (1) use PNP quirks
to work around broken hardware or firmware, or (2) use the sysfs
interfaces to control resource usage from userspace.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-By: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:22 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
f449000209 PNP: add pnp_init_resources(struct pnp_dev *) interface
Add pnp_init_resources(struct pnp_dev *) to replace
pnp_init_resource_table(), which takes a pointer to the
pnp_resource_table itself.  Passing only the pnp_dev * reduces
the possibility for error in the caller and removes the
pnp_resource_table implementation detail from the interface.

Even though pnp_init_resource_table() is exported, I did not
export pnp_init_resources() because it is used only by the PNP
core.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-By: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:22 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
59284cb409 PNP: remove pnp_resource_table from internal get/set interfaces
When we call protocol->get() and protocol->set() methods, we currently
supply pointers to both the pnp_dev and the pnp_resource_table even
though the pnp_resource_table should always be the one associated with
the pnp_dev.

This removes the pnp_resource_table arguments to make it clear that
these methods only operate on the specified pnp_dev.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-By: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:21 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
c1caf06ccf PNP: add debug output to option registration
Add debug output to resource option registration functions (enabled
by CONFIG_PNP_DEBUG).  This uses dev_printk, so I had to add pnp_dev
arguments at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-By: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:20 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
048825deea PNP: make pnp_add_card_id() internal to PNP core
pnp_add_card_id() doesn't need to be exposed outside the PNP core, so
move the declaration to an internal header file.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-By: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:17 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
1692b27bf3 PNP: make pnp_add_id() internal to PNP core
pnp_add_id() doesn't need to be exposed outside the PNP core, so
move the declaration to an internal header file.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-By: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:15 -04:00
Bjorn Helgaas
ca0e8b6fd2 ISAPNP: move config register addresses out of isapnp.h
These are used only in drivers/pnp/isapnp/core.c, so no need to
expose them to the world.

Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Acked-By: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 03:22:15 -04:00
Zhang Rui
e68b16abd9 thermal: add hwmon sysfs I/F
Add hwmon sys I/F for generic thermal driver.

Note: we have one hwmon class device for EACH TYPE of the thermal zone device.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 02:48:01 -04:00
Zhang, Rui
9ec732ff80 thermal: add new get_crit_temp callback
Add a new callback so that the generic thermal can get
the critical trip point info of a thermal zone,
which is needed for building the tempX_crit hwmon sysfs attribute.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 02:45:49 -04:00
Zhang Rui
63c4ec905d thermal: add the support for building the generic thermal as a module
Build the generic thermal driver as module "thermal_sys".

Make ACPI thermal, video, processor and fan SELECT the generic
thermal driver, as these drivers rely on it to build the sysfs I/F.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
2008-04-29 02:44:00 -04:00
Badari Pulavarty
9d88a2eb6e [POWERPC] Provide walk_memory_resource() for powerpc
Provide walk_memory_resource() for 64-bit powerpc.  PowerPC maintains
logical memory region mapping in the lmb.memory structure.  Walk
through these structures and do the callbacks for the contiguous
chunks.

Signed-off-by: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
2008-04-29 15:57:53 +10:00
Badari Pulavarty
98d5c21c81 [POWERPC] Update lmb data structures for hotplug memory add/remove
The powerpc kernel maintains information about logical memory blocks
in the lmb.memory structure, which is initialized and updated at boot
time, but not when memory is added or removed while the kernel is
running.

This adds a hotplug memory notifier which updates lmb.memory when
memory is added or removed.  This information is useful for eHEA
driver to find out the memory layout and holes.

NOTE: No special locking is needed for lmb_add() and lmb_remove().
Calls to these are serialized by caller. (pSeries_reconfig_chain).

Signed-off-by: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
2008-04-29 15:57:53 +10:00
Kumar Gala
85218827cc [POWERPC] Add IRQSTACKS support on ppc32
This makes it possible to use separate stacks for hard and soft IRQs
on 32-bit powerpc as well as on 64-bit.  The code for 32-bit is just
the 32-bit analog of the 64-bit code.

* Added allocation and initialization of the irq stacks.  We limit the
  stacks to be in lowmem for ppc32.
* Implemented ppc32 versions of call_do_softirq() and call_handle_irq()
  to switch the stack pointers
* Reworked how we do stack overflow detection.  We now keep around the
  limit of the stack in the thread_struct and compare against the limit
  to see if we've overflowed.  We can now use this on ppc64 if desired.

[ paulus@samba.org: Fixed bug on 6xx where we need to reload r9 with the
  thread_info pointer. ]

Signed-off-by: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
2008-04-29 15:57:34 +10:00
Paul Mackerras
dd18434ff0 [POWERPC] Use __always_inline for xchg* and cmpxchg*
This changes the definitions of the xchg and cmpxchg families of
functions in include/asm-powerpc/system.h to be marked __always_inline
rather than __inline__.  The reason for doing this is that we rely on
the compiler inlining them in order to eliminate the references to
__xchg_called_with_bad_pointer and __cmpxchg_called_with_bad_pointer,
which are deliberately left undefined.  Thus this change will enable
us to make the inline keyword be just a hint rather than a directive.

Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
2008-04-29 15:57:34 +10:00
Ursula Braun
a74b08c7fc qeth: read number of ports from card
Read out number of ports from the hardware.

Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <braunu@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
2008-04-29 01:56:34 -04:00
Ursula Braun
022b660ae5 ccwgroup: Unify parsing for group attribute.
Instead of having each driver for ccwgroup slave device parsing the
input itself and calling ccwgroup_create(), introduce a new function
ccwgroup_create_from_string() and handle parsing inside the ccwgroup
core.

Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <braunu@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
2008-04-29 01:56:29 -04:00
Lennert Buytenhek
ce4e2e4558 mv643xx_eth: inter-mv643xx SMI port sharing
There exist chips with up to four mv643xx_eth silicon blocks but
only one external SMI (MII management) interface -- the SMI logic
of the first block is shared by all the blocks.

Handle this by allowing a per-port override of which
mv643xx_eth_shared's SMI registers (and spinlock) to use.

Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dale Farnsworth <dale@farnsworth.org>
2008-04-28 21:17:07 -07:00
Lennert Buytenhek
240e4419e0 mv643xx_eth: shorten shared platform driver name
Change the MV643XX_ETH_SHARED_NAME platform driver name to something
shorter than 19 characters, so that we can register multiple (otherwise
we end up with sysfs conflicts since all instances will map to
"mv643xx_eth_shared." as there is a 20-char sysfs file name limit.)

Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dale Farnsworth <dale@farnsworth.org>
2008-04-28 21:17:07 -07:00
Lennert Buytenhek
c416a41f99 mv643xx_eth: configurable t_clk
Make t_clk configurable via platform device data (with the current
hardcoded value, 133 MHz, being the default), as it varies across
different chip families.

Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dale Farnsworth <dale@farnsworth.org>
2008-04-28 21:17:07 -07:00
Lennert Buytenhek
f2ce825d2a mv643xx_eth: mbus decode window support
Make it possible to pass mbus_dram_target_info to the mv643xx_eth
driver via the platform data, and make the mv643xx_eth driver
program the window registers based on this data if it is passed in.

Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Tzachi Perelstein <tzachi@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Dale Farnsworth <dale@farnsworth.org>
2008-04-28 21:17:07 -07:00
Lennert Buytenhek
fa3959f457 mv643xx_eth: get rid of static variables, allow multiple instances
Move mv643xx_eth's static state (ethernet register block base address
and MII management interface spinlock) into a struct hanging off the
shared platform device.  This is necessary to support chips that
contain multiple mv643xx_eth silicon blocks.

Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dale Farnsworth <dale@farnsworth.org>
2008-04-28 21:17:07 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
8ab68ab420 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bart/ide-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bart/ide-2.6: (35 commits)
  siimage: coding style cleanup (take 2)
  ide-cd: clean up cdrom_analyze_sense_data()
  ide-cd: fix test unsigned var < 0
  ide: add TSSTcorp CDDVDW SH-S202H to ivb_list[]
  piix: add Asus Eee 701 controller to short cable list
  ARM: always select HAVE_IDE
  remove the broken ETRAX_IDE driver
  ide: remove ->dma_prdtable field from ide_hwif_t
  ide: remove ->dma_vendor{1,3} fields from ide_hwif_t
  scc_pata: add ->dma_host_set and ->dma_start methods
  ide: skip "VLB sync" if host uses MMIO
  ide: add ide_pad_transfer() helper
  ide: remove ->INW and ->OUTW methods
  ide: use IDE I/O helpers directly in ide_tf_{load,read}()
  ns87415: add ->tf_read method
  scc_pata: add ->tf_{load,read} methods
  ide-h8300: add ->tf_{load,read} methods
  ide-cris: add ->tf_{load,read} methods
  ide: add ->tf_load and ->tf_read methods
  ide: move ide_tf_{load,read} to ide-iops.c
  ...
2008-04-28 17:30:26 -07:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
55224bc86a ide: remove ->dma_prdtable field from ide_hwif_t
* Use 'hwif->dma_base + {4,8}' instead of hwif->dma_prdtable in
  {ide,scc}_dma_setup().

* Remove no longer needed ->dma_prdtable field from ide_hwif_t.

While at it:

* Use ATA_DMA_TABLE_OFS define.

Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-28 23:44:42 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
41051a141d ide: remove ->dma_vendor{1,3} fields from ide_hwif_t
* Use 'hwif->dma_base + {1,3}' instead of hwif->dma_vendor{1,3} in
  pdc202xx_new host driver.

* Remove no longer needed ->dma_vendor{1,3} fields from ide_hwif_t.

Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-28 23:44:42 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
9f87abe892 ide: add ide_pad_transfer() helper
* Add ide_pad_transfer() helper (which uses ->{in,out}put_data methods
  internally so the transfer is also padded to drive+host requirements)
  and use it instead of ide_atapi_{write_zeros,discard_data}().

* Remove no longer needed ide_atapi_{write_zeros,discard_data}().

Cc: Borislav Petkov <petkovbb@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-28 23:44:41 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
7c0daf2681 ide: remove ->INW and ->OUTW methods
* Remove no longer used ->INW and ->OUTW methods.

While at it:

* scc_pata.c: scc_ide_{out,in}w() is called only in scc_tf_{load,read}()
  so inline it there.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-28 23:44:41 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
94cd5b62ff ide: add ->tf_load and ->tf_read methods
* Add ->tf_load and ->tf_read methods to ide_hwif_t and set the default
  methods in default_hwif_transport().

* Use ->tf_{load,read} instead o calling ide_tf_{load,read}() directly.

* Make ide_tf_{load,read}() static.

There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.

Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-28 23:44:40 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
089c5c7e00 ide: factor out debugging code from ide_tf_load()
Factor out debugging code from ide_tf_load() to ide_tf_dump() helper
and update ide_tf_load() users accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-28 23:44:39 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
1fc142589e ide: add ide_execute_pkt_cmd() helper
Add ide_execute_pkt_cmd() helper for executing PACKET command,
then convert ATAPI device drivers to use it.

As a nice side-effect this fixes ide-{floppy,tape,scsi} w.r.t.
ide_lock taking (ide-cd was OK).

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-28 23:44:39 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
16bb69c14a ide: remove ->INS{W,L} and ->OUTS{W,L} methods
* Use ins{w,l}()/outs{w,l}() and __ide_mm_ins{w,l}()/__ide_mm_outs{w,l}()
  directly in ata_{in,out}put_data() (by using IDE_HFLAG_MMIO host flag to
  decide which I/O ops are required).

* Remove no longer needed ->INS{W,L} and ->OUTS{W,L} methods (ide-h8300,
  au1xxx-ide and scc_pata implement their own ->{in,out}put_data methods).

There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-28 23:44:37 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
c5dd43ec65 ide: add IDE_HFLAG_MMIO host flag (take 2)
* Add IDE_HFLAG_MMIO host flag and set it for hosts which use
  default_hwif_mmiops().

v2:
* Fix kernel panic in pmac host driver (',' should be '|').

  Thanks to Kamalesh for reporting it + testing the fix
  and to Andrew for hinting me about the source of the issue.

Cc: Kamalesh Babulal <kamalesh@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-28 23:44:37 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
9567b349f7 ide: merge ->atapi_*put_bytes and ->ata_*put_data methods
* Merge ->atapi_{in,out}put_bytes and ->ata_{in,out}put_data methods
  into new ->{in,out}put_data methods which take number of bytes to
  transfer as an argument and always do padding.

While at it:

* Use 'hwif' or 'drive->hwif' instead of 'HWIF(drive)'.

There should be no functional changes caused by this patch (all users
of ->ata_{in,out}put_data methods were using multiply-of-4 word counts).

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-28 23:44:36 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
92d3ab27e8 falconide/q40ide: add ->atapi_*put_bytes and ->ata_*put_data methods (take 2)
* Add ->atapi_{in,out}put_bytes and ->ata_{in,out}put_data methods to
  falconide and q40ide host drivers (->ata_* methods are implemented on
  top of ->atapi_* methods so they also do byte-swapping now).

* Cleanup atapi_{in,out}put_bytes().

v2:
* Add 'struct request *rq' argument to ->ata_{in,out}put_data methods
  and don't byte-swap disk fs requests (we shouldn't un-swap fs requests
  because fs itself is stored byte-swapped on the disk) - this is how
  things were done before the patch (ideally device mapper should be
  used instead but it would break existing setups and would have some
  performance impact).

Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Michael Schmitz <schmitz@debian.org>
Cc: Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Cc: Richard Zidlicky <rz@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-28 23:44:36 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
e97e386b12 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/penberg/slab-2.6
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/penberg/slab-2.6:
  slub: pack objects denser
  slub: Calculate min_objects based on number of processors.
  slub: Drop DEFAULT_MAX_ORDER / DEFAULT_MIN_OBJECTS
  slub: Simplify any_slab_object checks
  slub: Make the order configurable for each slab cache
  slub: Drop fallback to page allocator method
  slub: Fallback to minimal order during slab page allocation
  slub: Update statistics handling for variable order slabs
  slub: Add kmem_cache_order_objects struct
  slub: for_each_object must be passed the number of objects in a slab
  slub: Store max number of objects in the page struct.
  slub: Dump list of objects not freed on kmem_cache_close()
  slub: free_list() cleanup
  slub: improve kmem_cache_destroy() error message
  slob: fix bug - when slob allocates "struct kmem_cache", it does not force alignment.
2008-04-28 14:08:56 -07:00
Alessandro Guido
30d221db44 [CPUFREQ] allow use of the powersave governor as the default one
Allow use of the powersave cpufreq governor as the default one for EMBEDDED
configs.

Signed-off-by: Alessandro Guido <alessandro.guido@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
2008-04-28 16:27:08 -04:00
Darrick J. Wong
e8628dd06d [CPUFREQ] expose cpufreq coordination requirements regardless of coordination mechanism
Currently, affected_cpus shows which CPUs need to have their frequency
coordinated in software.  When hardware coordination is in use, the contents
of this file appear the same as when no coordination is required.  This can
lead to some confusion among user-space programs, for example, that do not
know that extra coordination is required to force a CPU core to a particular
speed to control power consumption.

To fix this, create a "related_cpus" attribute that always displays the
coordination map regardless of whatever coordination strategy the cpufreq
driver uses (sw or hw).  If the cpufreq driver does not provide a value, fall
back to policy->cpus.

Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong <djwong@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
2008-04-28 16:27:08 -04:00
Jesse Barnes
ee69439cc1 PCI: don't expose struct pci_vpd to userspace
We just need to forward declare it for struct pci_dev, not expose it outside of
__KERNEL__.

Signed-off-by:  Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
2008-04-28 12:30:35 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
e31a94ed37 Merge branch 'upstream' of git://ftp.linux-mips.org/pub/scm/upstream-linus
* 'upstream' of git://ftp.linux-mips.org/pub/scm/upstream-linus: (45 commits)
  [MIPS] Pb1200/DBAu1200: move platform code to its proper place
  [MIPS] Fix handling of trap and breakpoint instructions
  [MIPS] Pb1200: do register SMC 91C111
  [MIPS] DBAu1200: fix bad SMC 91C111 resource size
  [NET] Kconfig: Rename MIKROTIK_RB500 -> MIKROTIK_RB532
  [MIPS] IP27: Fix build bug due to missing include
  [MIPS] Fix some sparse warnings on traps.c and irq-msc01.c
  [MIPS] cevt-gt641xx: Kill unnecessary include
  [MIPS] DS1287: Add clockevent driver
  [MIPS] add DECstation I/O ASIC clocksource
  [MIPS] rbtx4938: minor cleanup
  [MIPS] Alchemy: kill unused PCI_IRQ_TABLE_LOOKUP macro
  [MIPS] rbtx4938: misc cleanups
  [MIPS] jmr3927: use generic txx9 gpio
  [MIPS] rbhma4500: use generic txx9 gpio
  [MIPS] generic txx9 gpio support
  [MIPS] make fallback gpio.h gpiolib-friendly
  [MIPS] unexport null_perf_irq() and make it static
  [MIPS] unexport rtc_mips_set_time()
  [MIPS] unexport copy_from_user_page()
  ...
2008-04-28 10:51:43 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
cfd299dffe Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/selinux-2.6
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/selinux-2.6:
  SELinux: Fix a RCU free problem with the netport cache
  SELinux: Made netnode cache adds faster
  SELinux: include/security.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups
  SELinux: policydb.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups
  SELinux: mls_types.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups
  SELinux: mls.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups
  SELinux: hashtab.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups
  SELinux: context.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups
  SELinux: ss/conditional.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups
  SELinux: selinux/include/security.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups
  SELinux: objsec.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups
  SELinux: netlabel.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups
  SELinux: avc_ss.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups

Fixed up conflict in include/linux/security.h manually
2008-04-28 10:08:49 -07:00
Al Viro
01d7b36988 usbhid endianness annotations and fixes
usb_control_msg() converts arguments to little-endian itself,
doing that in caller means breakage on big-endian boxen.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 10:03:31 -07:00
Al Viro
b750568053 fix ia64 local_irq_save() et.al.
psr is not a good name for local variable in macro body when it
has a good chance of being the argument of said macro (actually
is at least in one place)

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 10:03:31 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
e945e849e1 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/sparc-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/sparc-2.6:
  sparc: video drivers: add facility level
  sparc: tcx.c make tcx_init and tcx_exit static
  sparc: ffb.c make ffb_init and ffb_exit static
  sparc: cg14.c make cg14_init and cg15_exit static
  sparc: bw2.c fix bw2_exit
  sparc64: Fix accidental syscall restart on child return from clone/fork/vfork.
  sparc64: Clean up handling of pt_regs trap type encoding.
  sparc: Remove old style signal frame support.
  sparc64: Kill bogus RT_ALIGNEDSZ macro from signal.c
  sparc: sunzilog.c remove unused argument
  sparc: fix drivers/video/tcx.c warning
  sparc64: Kill unused local ISA bus layer.
  input: Rewrite sparcspkr device probing.
  sparc64: Do not ignore 'pmu' device ranges.
  sparc64: Kill ISA_FLOPPY_WORKS code.
  sparc64: Kill CONFIG_SPARC32_COMPAT
  sparc64: Cleanups and corrections for arch/sparc64/Kconfig
  sparc64: Fix wedged irq regression.
2008-04-28 09:45:57 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
77a50df2b1 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
  iwlwifi: Allow building iwl3945 without iwl4965.
  wireless: Fix compile error with wifi & leds
  tcp: Fix slab corruption with ipv6 and tcp6fuzz
  ipv4/ipv6 compat: Fix SSM applications on 64bit kernels.
  [IPSEC]: Use digest_null directly for auth
  sunrpc: fix missing kernel-doc
  can: Fix copy_from_user() results interpretation
  Revert "ipv6: Fix typo in net/ipv6/Kconfig"
  tipc: endianness annotations
  ipv6: result of csum_fold() is already 16bit, no need to cast
  [XFRM] AUDIT: Fix flowlabel text format ambibuity.
2008-04-28 09:44:11 -07:00
Sergei Shtylyov
fcbd3b4b92 [MIPS] Pb1200/DBAu1200: move platform code to its proper place
Since both the IDE interface and SMC 91C111 Ethernet chip are on-board
devices, not SOC devices, move the platform device registration form the
common to the board specific code.

While at it, remove semicolon (which didn't break compilation only by
chance) from the AU1XXX_ATA_DDMA_REQ macro and do some renaming:

- change 'au1200_ide0_' variable name prefix to the mere 'ide_';

- change 'smc91x_' variable name prefix to 'smc91c111_' since that's the
  name of the chip used on the boards;

- drop 'AU1XXX_' prefix from the names of macros describing IDE and Ethernet
  on-board devices;

- change 'SMC91111_' to 'SMC91C111_', change 'IRQ' to 'INT' in the names of
  the macros describing the Ethernet chip for consistency with the IDE
  macros;

- change 'ATA_' to 'IDE_' and 'OFFSET' to 'SHIFT' (since this value is
  indeed a shift count) in the names of the macros describing the IDE
  interface.

Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:33 +01:00
Adrian Bunk
a4a8f70d2d [MIPS] IP27: Fix build bug due to missing include
asm-mips/mach-ip27/topology.h must #include <asm-generic/topology.h>
This fixes the following compile error:

...
  CC      kernel/sched.o
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/kernel/sched.c: In function 'find_next_best_node':
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/kernel/sched.c:7015: error: implicit declaration of function 'node_to_cpumask_ptr'
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/kernel/sched.c:7015: error: '__tmp__' undeclared (first use in this function)
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/kernel/sched.c:7015: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/kernel/sched.c:7015: error: for each function it appears in.)
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/kernel/sched.c: In function 'sched_domain_node_span':
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/kernel/sched.c:7047: error: 'nodemask' undeclared (first use in this function)
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/kernel/sched.c:7048: warning: ISO C90 forbids mixed declarations and code
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/kernel/sched.c:7059: error: implicit declaration of function 'node_to_cpumask_ptr_next'
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/kernel/sched.c: In function '__build_sched_domains':
/home/bunk/linux/kernel-2.6/git/linux-2.6/kernel/sched.c:7605: error: 'pnodemask' undeclared (first use in this function)
make[2]: *** [kernel/sched.o] Error 1

<--  snip  -->

Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:32 +01:00
Atsushi Nemoto
411ba7fcba [MIPS] Fix some sparse warnings on traps.c and irq-msc01.c
* Declare board_bind_eic_interrupt, board_watchpoint_handler in traps.h
* Make msc_bind_eic_interrupt static and fix its argument types.
* Make msc_levelirq_type, msc_edgeirq_type static.

Signed-off-by: Atsushi Nemoto <anemo@mba.ocn.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:32 +01:00
Yoichi Yuasa
6457d9fc3b [MIPS] DS1287: Add clockevent driver
Signed-off-by: Yoichi Yuasa <yoichi_yuasa@tripeaks.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:32 +01:00
Yoichi Yuasa
4247417d84 [MIPS] add DECstation I/O ASIC clocksource
Add DECstation I/O ASIC clocksource

Signed-off-by: Yoichi Yuasa <yoichi_yuasa@tripeaks.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:32 +01:00
Sergei Shtylyov
6ed436932d [MIPS] Alchemy: kill unused PCI_IRQ_TABLE_LOOKUP macro
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:31 +01:00
Atsushi Nemoto
66140c8e9f [MIPS] rbtx4938: misc cleanups
* Do not use non-standard I/O accessors, such as reg_rd08, etc.
* Kill unnecessary wbflush()
* Kill tx4938_mips.h
* Kill unnecessary includes

Signed-off-by: Atsushi Nemoto <anemo@mba.ocn.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:31 +01:00
Atsushi Nemoto
1bd0962e3d [MIPS] jmr3927: use generic txx9 gpio
Use generic txx9 gpio (and gpiolib) for JMR3927 board.

Signed-off-by: Atsushi Nemoto <anemo@mba.ocn.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:31 +01:00
Atsushi Nemoto
4cad154b30 [MIPS] rbhma4500: use generic txx9 gpio
Use generic txx9 gpio (and gpiolib) for RBHMA4500 board.

Signed-off-by: Atsushi Nemoto <anemo@mba.ocn.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:31 +01:00
Atsushi Nemoto
a9aec7fe74 [MIPS] generic txx9 gpio support
This is a board-independent TXx9 gpio API implementation using gpiolib.

Signed-off-by: Atsushi Nemoto <anemo@mba.ocn.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:31 +01:00
Atsushi Nemoto
8aa62adafa [MIPS] make fallback gpio.h gpiolib-friendly
If gpiolib was selected, asm-generic/gpio.h provides some prototypes
for gpio API and implementation helpers.  With this patch, platform
code can implement its GPIO API using gpiolib without custom gpio.h
file.

Signed-off-by: Atsushi Nemoto <anemo@mba.ocn.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:31 +01:00
Sergei Shtylyov
0167509574 [MIPS] Alchemy: don't unmask timer IRQ early
Defer the unmasking of the count/compare interrupt (IRQ5) till the
clockevent driver initialization:

- only enable the cascaded IRQs 0 thru 4 in arch_init_irq(); kill the
  ALLINTS macro -- this change is blessed by AMD as I saw it in their own
  patch; :-)

- do not force IRQ5 enabled in plat_time_init() if PM is enabled and there's
  no 32 KHz crystal.

Update the copyrights (taking into account my prior changes), also removing
Pete Popov's old email...

Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:26 +01:00
Daniel Laird
a92b05880d [MIPS] Move arch/mips/philips to arch/mips/nxp
Signed-off-by: daniel.j.laird <daniel.j.laird@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:26 +01:00
Ralf Baechle
39b8d52542 [MIPS] Add support for MIPS CMP platform.
Signed-off-by: Chris Dearman <chris@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: Atsushi Nemoto <anemo@mba.ocn.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:26 +01:00
Chris Dearman
308402445e [MIPS] Add CoreFPGA5 support; distinguish between SOCit/ROCit
Signed-off-by: Chris Dearman <chris@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:26 +01:00
Chris Dearman
351336929c [MIPS] Allow setting of the cache attribute at run time.
Slightly tacky, but there is a precedent in the sparc archirecture code.

Signed-off-by: Chris Dearman <chris@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: Atsushi Nemoto <anemo@mba.ocn.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:25 +01:00
Chris Dearman
bec5052743 [MIPS] Tidy up cache attributes
Signed-off-by: Chris Dearman <chris@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:25 +01:00
Chris Dearman
962f480e0f [MIPS] All MIPS32 processors support64-bit physical addresses.
Still, only the 4K may actually implement it.

Signed-off-by: Chris Dearman <chris@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
2008-04-28 17:14:25 +01:00
Andrew Morton
73f20e58b1 FAT_VALID_MEDIA(): remove pointless test
The on-disk media specification field in FAT is only 8-bits, so testing for
<=0xff is pointless, and can generate a "comparison is always true due to
limited range of data type" warning.

While we're there, convert FAT_VALID_MEDIA() into a C function - the present
implementation is buggy: it generates either one or two references to its
argument.

Cc: Frank Seidel <fseidel@suse.de>
Acked-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:47 -07:00
OGAWA Hirofumi
606e423e43 fat: Update free_clusters even if it is untrusted
Currently, free_clusters is not updated until it is trusted, because
Windows doesn't update it correctly.

But if user is using FAT driver of Linux, it updates free_clusters
correctly.  Instead, this updates it even if it's untrusted, so if
free_clustes is correct, now keep correct value.

Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:47 -07:00
OGAWA Hirofumi
1ae43f826b fat: Add allow_utime option
Normally utime(2) checks current process is owner of the file, or it
has CAP_FOWNER capability.  But FAT filesystem doesn't have uid/gid as
on disk info, so normal check is too unflexible.

With this option you can relax it.

Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:47 -07:00
OGAWA Hirofumi
1278fdd34b fat: fat_notify_change() and check_mode() cleanup
- Rename fat_notify_change() to fat_setattr()
- check_mode() cleanup
- Change layout of code

Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:47 -07:00
Jan Kara
d5dee5c395 reiserfs: unpack tails on quota files
Quota files cannot have tails because quota_write and quota_read functions do
not support them.  So far when quota files did have tail, we just refused to
turn quotas on it.  Sadly this check has been wrong and so there are now
plenty installations where quota files don't have NOTAIL flag set and so now
after fixing the check, they suddently fail to turn quotas on.  Since it's
easy to unpack the tail from kernel, do this from reiserfs_quota_on() which
solves the problem and is generally nicer to users anyway.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reported-by: <urhausen@urifabi.net>
Cc: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Cc: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:46 -07:00
Dan Williams
8b3e6cdc53 md: introduce get_priority_stripe() to improve raid456 write performance
Improve write performance by preventing the delayed_list from dumping all its
stripes onto the handle_list in one shot.  Delayed stripes are now further
delayed by being held on the 'hold_list'.  The 'hold_list' is bypassed when:

  * a STRIPE_IO_STARTED stripe is found at the head of 'handle_list'
  * 'handle_list' is empty and i/o is being done to satisfy full stripe-width
    write requests
  * 'bypass_count' is less than 'bypass_threshold'.  By default the threshold
    is 1, i.e. every other stripe handled is a preread stripe provided the
    top two conditions are false.

Benchmark data:
System: 2x Xeon 5150, 4x SATA, mem=1GB
Baseline: 2.6.24-rc7
Configuration: mdadm --create /dev/md0 /dev/sd[b-e] -n 4 -l 5 --assume-clean
Test1: dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/md0 bs=1024k count=2048
  * patched:  +33% (stripe_cache_size = 256), +25% (stripe_cache_size = 512)

Test2: tiobench --size 2048 --numruns 5 --block 4096 --block 131072 (XFS)
  * patched: +13%
  * patched + preread_bypass_threshold = 0: +37%

Changes since v1:
* reduce bypass_threshold from (chunk_size / sectors_per_chunk) to (1) and
  make it configurable.  This defaults to fairness and modest performance
  gains out of the box.
Changes since v2:
* [neilb@suse.de]: kill STRIPE_PRIO_HI and preread_needed as they are not
  necessary, the important change was clearing STRIPE_DELAYED in
  add_stripe_bio and this has been moved out to make_request for the hang
  fix.
* [neilb@suse.de]: simplify get_priority_stripe
* [dan.j.williams@intel.com]: reset the bypass_count when ->hold_list is
  sampled empty (+11%)
* [dan.j.williams@intel.com]: decrement the bypass_count at the detection
  of stripes being naturally promoted off of hold_list +2%.  Note, resetting
  bypass_count instead of decrementing on these events yields +4% but that is
  probably too aggressive.
Changes since v3:
* cosmetic fixups

Tested-by: James W. Laferriere <babydr@baby-dragons.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:42 -07:00
Jaya Kumar
0e27aa3dab fbdev: platforming hecubafb and n411
This patch splits hecubafb into the platform independent hecubafb and the
platform dependent n411.

Signed-off-by: Jaya Kumar <jayakumar.lkml@gmail.com>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:41 -07:00
Jaya Kumar
03c33a4f00 fbdev: platforming metronomefb and am200epd
This patch splits metronomefb into the platform independent metronomefb and
the platform dependent am200epd.

Signed-off-by: Jaya Kumar <jayakumar.lkml@gmail.com>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:41 -07:00
Andres Salomon
fd96795630 gxfb/lxfb: detect framebuffer size using an MSR if VSA2 isn't available
If there's no VSA2 (ie, if we're using tinybios or OpenFirmware), use the
GLIU's P2D Range Offset Descriptor to determine how much memory we have
available for the framebuffer.

Originally based on a patch by Jordan Crouse.  Tested with OpenFirmware;
Pascal informs me that tinybios has a stub that fills in P2D_RO0.

Signed-off-by: Andres Salomon <dilinger@debian.org>
Cc: Jordan Crouse <jordan.crouse@amd.com>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:40 -07:00
Andres Salomon
61a517a063 gxfb/lxfb: use VSA definitions when fetching framebuffer size
..Rather than using magic constants.

Signed-off-by: Andres Salomon <dilinger@debian.org>
Cc: Jordan Crouse <jordan.crouse@amd.com>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:40 -07:00
Nicolas Ferre
fd0858017e atmel_lcdfb: wiring BGR to RGB color mode
Adds different wiring mode for the LCD screen.

The legacy atmel LCDC IP uses a non standard color mode, "BGR-555.1" instead
"RGB-565".  The major part of graphic stacks for embedded systems uses only
"RGB-565".  It is possible to swap LCD IOs instead of doing this bit swapping
by software (See application note AT91SAM9 LCD Controller
http://www.atmel.com/dyn/resources/prod_documents/doc6300.pdf)

This wire swapping is done on the at91sam9rl-ek board (board code
using this patch will come later).

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Cc: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Cc: Hans-Christian Egtvedt <hcegtvedt@atmel.com>
Cc: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Cc: Andrew Victor <avictor.za@gmail.com>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:39 -07:00
David Brownell
cf19a37e06 atmel_lcdfb: suspend/resume support
Teach atmel_lcdfb driver how to suspend/resume.

Note that the backlight control should probably do more of the same stuff:
turning off display power (more than just the backlight) and stopping the
clocks (and dma to drive the no-longer-seen display).  No point in wasting
power to generate images that can't be observed, after all...

Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Cc: Hans-Christian Egtvedt <hcegtvedt@atmel.com>
Cc: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Cc: Andrew Victor <avictor.za@gmail.com>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:38 -07:00
Andres Salomon
b6f448e99c PM/gxfb: add hook to PM console layer that allows disabling of suspend VT switch
Prior to suspend, we allocate and switch to a new VT; after suspend, we switch
back to the original VT.  This can be slow, and is completely unnecessary if
the framebuffer we're using can restore video properly.

This adds a hook that allows drivers to select whether or not to do this vt
switch, and changes the gxfb driver to call this hook.  It also adds a module
param to gxfb to allow controlling of the vt switch (defaulting to no switch).

(Note: I'm not convinced that console_sem is the best way to protect this, but
we should probably have some form of locking..)

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix]
Signed-off-by: Andres Salomon <dilinger@debian.org>
Cc: Jordan Crouse <jordan.crouse@amd.com>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:36 -07:00
Andres Salomon
e9338364e6 x86: GEODE: add Virtual Systems Architecture detection
This is generic VSA2 detection.  It's used by OLPC to determine whether or not
the BIOS contains VSA2, but since other BIOSes are coming out that don't use
the VSA (ie, tinybios), it might end up being useful for others.

Signed-off-by: Andres Salomon <dilinger@debian.org>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Cc: Jordan Crouse <jordan.crouse@amd.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:35 -07:00
Andres Salomon
32bf87e369 x86: geode: MSR cleanup
This cleans up a few MSR-using drivers in the following manner:
  - Ensures MSRs are all defined in asm/geode.h, rather than in misc
    places
  - Makes the naming consistent; cs553[56] ones begin with MSR_,
    GX-specific ones start with MSR_GX_, and LX-specific ones start
    with MSR_LX_.  Also, make the names match the data sheet.
  - Use MSR names rather than numbers in source code
  - Document the fact that the LX's MSR_PADSEL has the wrong value
    in the data sheet.  That's, uh, good to note.

Signed-off-by: Andres Salomon <dilinger@debian.org>
Acked-by: Jordan Crouse <jordan.crouse@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:35 -07:00
Anton Vorontsov
e4c690e061 fb: add support for foreign endianness
Add support for the framebuffers with non-native endianness.  This is done via
FBINFO_FOREIGN_ENDIAN flag that will be used by the drivers.  Depending on the
host endianness this flag will be overwritten by FBINFO_BE_MATH internal flag,
or cleared.

Tested to work on MPC8360E-RDK (BE) + Fujitsu MINT framebuffer (LE).

Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <avorontsov@ru.mvista.com>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Cc: Clemens Koller <clemens.koller@anagramm.de>
Cc: Krzysztof Helt <krzysztof.h1@poczta.fm>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:35 -07:00
Anton Vorontsov
169b6a7a6e gpiochip_reserve()
Add a new function gpiochip_reserve() to reserve ranges of gpios that platform
code has pre-allocated.  That is, this marks gpio numbers which will be
claimed by drivers that haven't yet been loaded, and thus are not available
for dynamic gpio number allocation.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: remove unneeded __must_check]
[david-b@pacbell.net: don't export gpiochip_reserve (section fix)]
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <avorontsov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:34 -07:00
Guennadi Liakhovetski
e6de1808f8 gpio: define gpio_is_valid()
Introduce a gpio_is_valid() predicate; use it in gpiolib.

Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
    [ use inline function; follow the gpio_* naming convention;
      work without gpiolib; all programming interfaces need docs ]
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:34 -07:00
Guennadi Liakhovetski
438d8908b3 gpiolib: better rmmod infrastructure
As long as one or more GPIOs on a gpio chip are used its driver should not be
unloaded.  The existing mechanism (gpiochip_remove failure) doesn't address
that, since rmmod can no longer be made to fail by having the cleanup code
report errors.  Module usecounts are the solution.

Assuming standard "initialize struct to zero" policies, this change won't
affect SOC platform drivers.  However, drivers for external chips (on I2C and
SPI busses) should be updated if they can be built as modules.

Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
[ gpio_ensure_requested() needs to update module usecounts too ]
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:34 -07:00
Ilpo Järvinen
73fcdc9e15 i2o: remove static inline forward declarations
Nothing in between of them and the later declaration with body
needs them.

Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:34 -07:00
Andrew Morton
50f8c370e7 quota: convert stub functions from macros into inlines
Fixes things like this:

fs/super.c: In function `deactivate_super':
fs/super.c:182: warning: statement with no effect
fs/super.c: In function `do_remount_sb':
fs/super.c:644: warning: statement with no effect

Cc: Jan Kara <jack@ucw.cz>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:33 -07:00
Jan Kara
0ff5af8340 quota: quota core changes for quotaon on remount
Currently, we just turn quotas off on remount of filesystem to read-only
state.  The patch below adds necessary framework so that we can turn quotas
off on remount RO but we are able to automatically reenable them again when
filesystem is remounted to RW state.  All we need to do is to keep references
to inodes of quota files when remounting RO and using these references to
reenable quotas when remounting RW.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:33 -07:00
Jan Kara
03f6e92bdd quota: various style cleanups
Cleanups in quota code:
  Change __inline__ to inline.
  Change some macros to inline functions.
  Remove vfs_quota_off_mount() macro.
  DQUOT_OFF() should be (0) is CONFIG_QUOTA is disabled.
  Move declaration of mark_dquot_dirty and dirty_dquot from quota.h to dquot.c

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:33 -07:00
Andrew Perepechko
338bf9afda quota: do not allow setting of quota limits to too high values
We should check whether quota limits set via Q_SETQUOTA are not exceeding
limits which quota format is able to handle.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Perepechko <andrew.perepechko@sun.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:32 -07:00
Masami Hiramatsu
26b31c1908 kprobes: add (un)register_jprobes for batch registration
Introduce unregister_/register_jprobes() for jprobe batch registration.

Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Cc: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli <ananth@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Jim Keniston <jkenisto@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Prasanna S Panchamukhi <prasanna@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Frank Ch. Eigler" <fche@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:32 -07:00
Masami Hiramatsu
4a296e07c3 kprobes: add (un)register_kretprobes for batch registration
Introduce unregister_/register_kretprobes() for kretprobe batch registration.

Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Cc: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli <ananth@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Jim Keniston <jkenisto@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Prasanna S Panchamukhi <prasanna@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Frank Ch. Eigler" <fche@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:32 -07:00
Masami Hiramatsu
9861668f74 kprobes: add (un)register_kprobes for batch registration
Introduce unregister_/register_kprobes() for kprobe batch registration.  This
can reduce waiting time for synchronized_sched() when a lot of probes have to
be unregistered at once.

Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Cc: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli <ananth@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Jim Keniston <jkenisto@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Prasanna S Panchamukhi <prasanna@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Frank Ch. Eigler" <fche@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:32 -07:00
Masami Hiramatsu
9960257281 list.h: add list_is_singular()
Add list_is_singular() to check a list has just one entry.

list_is_singular() is useful to check whether a list_head which have been
temporarily allocated for listing objects can be released or not.

Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:32 -07:00
Srinivasa Ds
3d8d996e0c kprobes: prevent probing of preempt_schedule()
Prohibit users from probing preempt_schedule().  One way of prohibiting the
user from probing functions is by marking such functions with __kprobes.  But
this method doesn't work for those functions, which are already marked to
different section like preempt_schedule() (belongs to __sched section).  So we
use blacklist approach to refuse user from probing these functions.

In blacklist approach we populate the blacklisted function's starting address
and its size in kprobe_blacklist structure.  Then we verify the user specified
address against start and end of the blacklisted function.  So any attempt to
register probe on blacklisted functions will be rejected.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Srinivasa DS <srinivasa@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli <ananth@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jim Keniston <jkenisto@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:32 -07:00
Karl Dahlke
0341a4d0fd VT notifier extension for accessibility
Some accessibility modules need to be able to catch the output on the
console before the VT interpretation, and possibly swallow it.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Samuel Thibault <samuel.thibault@ens-lyon.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:32 -07:00
Magnus Damm
61711f8fd8 sm501: add uart support
This patch extends the sm501 mfd with 8250 uart support. We're currently
doing this in the board specific r2d-1 code already, but it would be nice to
do move things into the mfd since it's more chip specific than board specific.

Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@igel.co.jp>
Cc: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:32 -07:00
Thomas Petazzoni
7ae9392c0a x86: configurable DMI scanning code
Turn CONFIG_DMI into a selectable option if EMBEDDED is defined, in
order to be able to remove the DMI table scanning code if it's not
needed, and then reduce the kernel code size.

With CONFIG_DMI (i.e before) :

   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
1076076  128656   98304 1303036  13e1fc vmlinux

Without CONFIG_DMI (i.e after) :

   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
1068092  126308   98304 1292704  13b9a0 vmlinux

Result:

   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
  -7984   -2348       0  -10332   -285c vmlinux

The new option appears in "Processor type and features", only when
CONFIG_EMBEDDED is defined.

This patch is part of the Linux Tiny project, and is based on previous work
done by Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: "H. Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:30 -07:00
Yoichi Yuasa
fc3f341b5a serial: add VR41xx SIU setup for serial console
Add VR41xx SIU setup for serial console.

Signed-off-by: Yoichi Yuasa <yoichi_yuasa@tripeaks.co.jp>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:30 -07:00
Joe Perches
0fab6de09c synclink drivers bool conversion
Remove more TRUE/FALSE defines and uses
Remove == TRUE tests
Convert BOOLEAN to bool
Convert int to bool where appropriate

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Paul Fulghum <paulkf@microgate.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:29 -07:00
Harvey Harrison
cdf8803768 ncpfs: add prototypes to ncp_fs.h
Removes some externs from C files, noticed from the sparse warnings:
fs/ncpfs/dir.c:90:26: warning: symbol 'ncp_root_dentry_operations' was not declared. Should it be static?
fs/ncpfs/symlink.c:107:5: warning: symbol 'ncp_symlink' was not declared. Should it be static?
fs/ncpfs/symlink.c:101:39: warning: symbol 'ncp_symlink_aops' was not declared. Should it be static?

Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petr Vandrovec <VANDROVE@vc.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:29 -07:00
KOSAKI Motohiro
16a26ef5ad cris: add constfy to pgd_offset()
add constfy to pgd_offset() for avoid following warnings.

  CC      mm/pagewalk.o
mm/pagewalk.c: In function 'walk_page_range':
mm/pagewalk.c:111: warning: passing argument 1 of 'pgd_offset' discards qualifiers from p\
ointer target type

Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: "Vegard Nossum" <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
Cc: Mikael Starvik <starvik@axis.com>
Cc: Jesper Nilsson <jesper.nilsson@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:28 -07:00
Andrew Morton
ed6b9b97f4 alpha: teach the compiler that BUG doesn't return
Fix things like this:

security/selinux/netnode.c: In function 'sel_netnode_find':
security/selinux/netnode.c:126: warning: 'idx' may be used uninitialized in this function
security/selinux/netnode.c: In function 'sel_netnode_sid':
security/selinux/netnode.c:225: warning: 'ret' may be used uninitialized in this function
security/selinux/netnode.c:168: warning: 'idx' may be used uninitialized in this function

due to code correctly not expecting BUG() to return.

For some reason this reduces the object code size for that particular file.

Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Cc: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:27 -07:00
Harvey Harrison
95d193a903 alpha: replace __inline with inline
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Cc: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:27 -07:00
Andrew G. Morgan
3898b1b4eb capabilities: implement per-process securebits
Filesystem capability support makes it possible to do away with (set)uid-0
based privilege and use capabilities instead.  That is, with filesystem
support for capabilities but without this present patch, it is (conceptually)
possible to manage a system with capabilities alone and never need to obtain
privilege via (set)uid-0.

Of course, conceptually isn't quite the same as currently possible since few
user applications, certainly not enough to run a viable system, are currently
prepared to leverage capabilities to exercise privilege.  Further, many
applications exist that may never get upgraded in this way, and the kernel
will continue to want to support their setuid-0 base privilege needs.

Where pure-capability applications evolve and replace setuid-0 binaries, it is
desirable that there be a mechanisms by which they can contain their
privilege.  In addition to leveraging the per-process bounding and inheritable
sets, this should include suppressing the privilege of the uid-0 superuser
from the process' tree of children.

The feature added by this patch can be leveraged to suppress the privilege
associated with (set)uid-0.  This suppression requires CAP_SETPCAP to
initiate, and only immediately affects the 'current' process (it is inherited
through fork()/exec()).  This reimplementation differs significantly from the
historical support for securebits which was system-wide, unwieldy and which
has ultimately withered to a dead relic in the source of the modern kernel.

With this patch applied a process, that is capable(CAP_SETPCAP), can now drop
all legacy privilege (through uid=0) for itself and all subsequently
fork()'d/exec()'d children with:

  prctl(PR_SET_SECUREBITS, 0x2f);

This patch represents a no-op unless CONFIG_SECURITY_FILE_CAPABILITIES is
enabled at configure time.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix uninitialised var warning]
[serue@us.ibm.com: capabilities: use cap_task_prctl when !CONFIG_SECURITY]
Signed-off-by: Andrew G. Morgan <morgan@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:26 -07:00
KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki
8cece85ec7 mm: fix broken gfp_zone with __GFP_THISNODE
This hack, "base = MAX_NR_ZONES", at __GFP_THISNODE was used for old
zonliests.

Now, new zonelist[] have a list for __GFP_THISNODE and this hack is incorrect.
Should be removed.

Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:26 -07:00
Yasunori Goto
e70260aabe memory hotplug: make alloc_bootmem_section()
alloc_bootmem_section() can allocate specified section's area.  This is used
for usemap to keep same section with pgdat by later patch.

Signed-off-by: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:25 -07:00
Yasunori Goto
0475327876 memory hotplug: register section/node id to free
This patch set is to free pages which is allocated by bootmem for
memory-hotremove.  Some structures of memory management are allocated by
bootmem.  ex) memmap, etc.

To remove memory physically, some of them must be freed according to
circumstance.  This patch set makes basis to free those pages, and free
memmaps.

Basic my idea is using remain members of struct page to remember information
of users of bootmem (section number or node id).  When the section is
removing, kernel can confirm it.  By this information, some issues can be
solved.

  1) When the memmap of removing section is allocated on other
     section by bootmem, it should/can be free.
  2) When the memmap of removing section is allocated on the
     same section, it shouldn't be freed. Because the section has to be
     logical memory offlined already and all pages must be isolated against
     page allocater. If it is freed, page allocator may use it which will
     be removed physically soon.
  3) When removing section has other section's memmap,
     kernel will be able to show easily which section should be removed
     before it for user. (Not implemented yet)
  4) When the above case 2), the page isolation will be able to check and skip
     memmap's page when logical memory offline (offline_pages()).
     Current page isolation code fails in this case because this page is
     just reserved page and it can't distinguish this pages can be
     removed or not. But, it will be able to do by this patch.
     (Not implemented yet.)
  5) The node information like pgdat has similar issues. But, this
     will be able to be solved too by this.
     (Not implemented yet, but, remembering node id in the pages.)

Fortunately, current bootmem allocator just keeps PageReserved flags,
and doesn't use any other members of page struct. The users of
bootmem doesn't use them too.

This patch:

This is to register information which is node or section's id.  Kernel can
distinguish which node/section uses the pages allcated by bootmem.  This is
basis for hot-remove sections or nodes.

Signed-off-by: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:25 -07:00
Gerald Schaefer
7f2e9525ba hugetlbfs: common code update for s390
Huge ptes have a special type on s390 and cannot be handled with the standard
pte functions in certain cases, e.g.  because of a different location of the
invalid bit.  This patch adds some new architecture- specific functions to
hugetlb common code, as a prerequisite for the s390 large page support.

This won't affect other architectures in functionality, but I need to add some
new dummy inline functions to the headers.

Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:25 -07:00
Gerald Schaefer
8fe627ec5b hugetlbfs: add missing TLB flush to hugetlb_cow()
A cow break on a hugetlbfs page with page_count > 1 will set a new pte with
set_huge_pte_at(), w/o any tlb flush operation.  The old pte will remain in
the tlb and subsequent write access to the page will result in a page fault
loop, for as long as it may take until the tlb is flushed from somewhere else.
 This patch introduces an architecture-specific huge_ptep_clear_flush()
function, which is called before the the set_huge_pte_at() in hugetlb_cow().

ATTENTION: This is just a nop on all architectures for now, the s390
implementation will come with our large page patch later.  Other architectures
should define their own huge_ptep_clear_flush() if needed.

Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:25 -07:00
Gerald Schaefer
6d779079bf hugetlbfs: architecture header cleanup
This patch moves all architecture functions for hugetlb to architecture header
files (include/asm-foo/hugetlb.h) and converts all macros to inline functions.
 It also removes (!) ARCH_HAS_HUGEPAGE_ONLY_RANGE,
ARCH_HAS_HUGETLB_FREE_PGD_RANGE, ARCH_HAS_PREPARE_HUGEPAGE_RANGE,
ARCH_HAS_SETCLEAR_HUGE_PTE and ARCH_HAS_HUGETLB_PREFAULT_HOOK.

Getting rid of the ARCH_HAS_xxx #ifdef and macro fugliness should increase
readability and maintainability, at the price of some code duplication.  An
asm-generic common part would have reduced the loc, but we would end up with
new ARCH_HAS_xxx defines eventually.

Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:25 -07:00
Lee Schermerhorn
71fe804b6d mempolicy: use struct mempolicy pointer in shmem_sb_info
This patch replaces the mempolicy mode, mode_flags, and nodemask in the
shmem_sb_info struct with a struct mempolicy pointer, initialized to NULL.
This removes dependency on the details of mempolicy from shmem.c and hugetlbfs
inode.c and simplifies the interfaces.

mpol_parse_str() in mempolicy.c is changed to return, via a pointer to a
pointer arg, a struct mempolicy pointer on success.  For MPOL_DEFAULT, the
returned pointer is NULL.  Further, mpol_parse_str() now takes a 'no_context'
argument that causes the input nodemask to be stored in the w.user_nodemask of
the created mempolicy for use when the mempolicy is installed in a tmpfs inode
shared policy tree.  At that time, any cpuset contextualization is applied to
the original input nodemask.  This preserves the previous behavior where the
input nodemask was stored in the superblock.  We can think of the returned
mempolicy as "context free".

Because mpol_parse_str() is now calling mpol_new(), we can remove from
mpol_to_str() the semantic checks that mpol_new() already performs.

Add 'no_context' parameter to mpol_to_str() to specify that it should format
the nodemask in w.user_nodemask for 'bind' and 'interleave' policies.

Change mpol_shared_policy_init() to take a pointer to a "context free" struct
mempolicy and to create a new, "contextualized" mempolicy using the mode,
mode_flags and user_nodemask from the input mempolicy.

  Note: we know that the mempolicy passed to mpol_to_str() or
  mpol_shared_policy_init() from a tmpfs superblock is "context free".  This
  is currently the only instance thereof.  However, if we found more uses for
  this concept, and introduced any ambiguity as to whether a mempolicy was
  context free or not, we could add another internal mode flag to identify
  context free mempolicies.  Then, we could remove the 'no_context' argument
  from mpol_to_str().

Added shmem_get_sbmpol() to return a reference counted superblock mempolicy,
if one exists, to pass to mpol_shared_policy_init().  We must add the
reference under the sb stat_lock to prevent races with replacement of the mpol
by remount.  This reference is removed in mpol_shared_policy_init().

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: another build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: yet another build fix]
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:25 -07:00
Lee Schermerhorn
095f1fc4eb mempolicy: rework shmem mpol parsing and display
mm/shmem.c currently contains functions to parse and display memory policy
strings for the tmpfs 'mpol' mount option.  Move this to mm/mempolicy.c with
the rest of the mempolicy support.  With subsequent patches, we'll be able to
remove knowledge of the details [mode, flags, policy, ...] completely from
shmem.c

1) replace shmem_parse_mpol() in mm/shmem.c with mpol_parse_str() in
   mm/mempolicy.c.  Rework to use the policy_types[] array [used by
   mpol_to_str()] to look up mode by name.

2) use mpol_to_str() to format policy for shmem_show_mpol().  mpol_to_str()
   expects a pointer to a struct mempolicy, so temporarily construct one.
   This will be replaced with a reference to a struct mempolicy in the tmpfs
   superblock in a subsequent patch.

   NOTE 1: I changed mpol_to_str() to use a colon ':' rather than an equal
   sign '=' as the nodemask delimiter to match mpol_parse_str() and the
   tmpfs/shmem mpol mount option formatting that now uses mpol_to_str().  This
   is a user visible change to numa_maps, but then the addition of the mode
   flags already changed the display.  It makes sense to me to have the mounts
   and numa_maps display the policy in the same format.  However, if anyone
   objects strongly, I can pass the desired nodemask delimeter as an arg to
   mpol_to_str().

   Note 2: Like show_numa_map(), I don't check the return code from
   mpol_to_str().  I do use a longer buffer than the one provided by
   show_numa_map(), which seems to have sufficed so far.

Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:24 -07:00
Lee Schermerhorn
fc36b8d3d8 mempolicy: use MPOL_F_LOCAL to Indicate Preferred Local Policy
Now that we're using "preferred local" policy for system default, we need to
make this as fast as possible.  Because of the variable size of the mempolicy
structure [based on size of nodemasks], the preferred_node may be in a
different cacheline from the mode.  This can result in accessing an extra
cacheline in the normal case of system default policy.  Suspect this is the
cause of an observed 2-3% slowdown in page fault testing relative to kernel
without this patch series.

To alleviate this, use an internal mode flag, MPOL_F_LOCAL in the mempolicy
flags member which is guaranteed [?] to be in the same cacheline as the mode
itself.

Verified that reworked mempolicy now performs slightly better on 25-rc8-mm1
for both anon and shmem segments with system default and vma [preferred local]
policy.

Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:24 -07:00
Lee Schermerhorn
52cd3b0740 mempolicy: rework mempolicy Reference Counting [yet again]
After further discussion with Christoph Lameter, it has become clear that my
earlier attempts to clean up the mempolicy reference counting were a bit of
overkill in some areas, resulting in superflous ref/unref in what are usually
fast paths.  In other areas, further inspection reveals that I botched the
unref for interleave policies.

A separate patch, suitable for upstream/stable trees, fixes up the known
errors in the previous attempt to fix reference counting.

This patch reworks the memory policy referencing counting and, one hopes,
simplifies the code.  Maybe I'll get it right this time.

See the update to the numa_memory_policy.txt document for a discussion of
memory policy reference counting that motivates this patch.

Summary:

Lookup of mempolicy, based on (vma, address) need only add a reference for
shared policy, and we need only unref the policy when finished for shared
policies.  So, this patch backs out all of the unneeded extra reference
counting added by my previous attempt.  It then unrefs only shared policies
when we're finished with them, using the mpol_cond_put() [conditional put]
helper function introduced by this patch.

Note that shmem_swapin() calls read_swap_cache_async() with a dummy vma
containing just the policy.  read_swap_cache_async() can call alloc_page_vma()
multiple times, so we can't let alloc_page_vma() unref the shared policy in
this case.  To avoid this, we make a copy of any non-null shared policy and
remove the MPOL_F_SHARED flag from the copy.  This copy occurs before reading
a page [or multiple pages] from swap, so the overhead should not be an issue
here.

I introduced a new static inline function "mpol_cond_copy()" to copy the
shared policy to an on-stack policy and remove the flags that would require a
conditional free.  The current implementation of mpol_cond_copy() assumes that
the struct mempolicy contains no pointers to dynamically allocated structures
that must be duplicated or reference counted during copy.

Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:24 -07:00
Lee Schermerhorn
a6020ed759 mempolicy: document {set|get}_policy() vm_ops APIs
Document mempolicy return value reference semantics assumed by the rest of the
mempolicy code for the set_ and get_policy vm_ops in <linux/mm.h>--where the
prototypes are defined--to inform any future mempolicy vm_op writers what the
rest of the subsystem expects of them.

Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:24 -07:00
Lee Schermerhorn
aab0b1029f mempolicy: mark shared policies for unref
As part of yet another rework of mempolicy reference counting, we want to be
able to identify shared policies efficiently, because they have an extra ref
taken on lookup that needs to be removed when we're finished using the policy.

  Note:  the extra ref is required because the policies are
  shared between tasks/processes and can be changed/freed
  by one task while another task is using them--e.g., for
  page allocation.

Building on David Rientjes mempolicy "mode flags" enhancement, this patch
indicates a "shared" policy by setting a new MPOL_F_SHARED flag in the flags
member of the struct mempolicy added by David.  MPOL_F_SHARED, and any future
"internal mode flags" are reserved from bit zero up, as they will never be
passed in the upper bits of the mode argument of a mempolicy API.

I set the MPOL_F_SHARED flag when the policy is installed in the shared policy
rb-tree.  Don't need/want to clear the flag when removing from the tree as the
mempolicy is freed [unref'd] internally to the sp_delete() function.  However,
a task could hold another reference on this mempolicy from a prior lookup.  We
need the MPOL_F_SHARED flag to stay put so that any tasks holding a ref will
unref, eventually freeing, the mempolicy.

A later patch in this series will introduce a function to conditionally unref
[mpol_free] a policy.  The MPOL_F_SHARED flag is one reason [currently the
only reason] to unref/free a policy via the conditional free.

Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:24 -07:00
Lee Schermerhorn
45c4745af3 mempolicy: rename struct mempolicy 'policy' member to 'mode'
The terms 'policy' and 'mode' are both used in various places to describe the
semantics of the value stored in the 'policy' member of struct mempolicy.
Furthermore, the term 'policy' is used to refer to that member, to the entire
struct mempolicy and to the more abstract concept of the tuple consisting of a
"mode" and an optional node or set of nodes.  Recently, we have added "mode
flags" that are passed in the upper bits of the 'mode' [or sometimes,
'policy'] member of the numa APIs.

I'd like to resolve this confusion, which perhaps only exists in my mind, by
renaming the 'policy' member to 'mode' throughout, and fixing up the
Documentation.  Man pages will be updated separately.

Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:24 -07:00
Lee Schermerhorn
846a16bf0f mempolicy: rename mpol_copy to mpol_dup
This patch renames mpol_copy() to mpol_dup() because, well, that's what it
does.  Like, e.g., strdup() for strings, mpol_dup() takes a pointer to an
existing mempolicy, allocates a new one and copies the contents.

In a later patch, I want to use the name mpol_copy() to copy the contents from
one mempolicy to another like, e.g., strcpy() does for strings.

Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:23 -07:00
Lee Schermerhorn
f0be3d32b0 mempolicy: rename mpol_free to mpol_put
This is a change that was requested some time ago by Mel Gorman.  Makes sense
to me, so here it is.

Note: I retain the name "mpol_free_shared_policy()" because it actually does
free the shared_policy, which is NOT a reference counted object.  However, ...

The mempolicy object[s] referenced by the shared_policy are reference counted,
so mpol_put() is used to release the reference held by the shared_policy.  The
mempolicy might not be freed at this time, because some task attached to the
shared object associated with the shared policy may be in the process of
allocating a page based on the mempolicy.  In that case, the task performing
the allocation will hold a reference on the mempolicy, obtained via
mpol_shared_policy_lookup().  The mempolicy will be freed when all tasks
holding such a reference have called mpol_put() for the mempolicy.

Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:23 -07:00
Adam Litke
3b11630063 Subject: [PATCH] hugetlb: vmstat events for huge page allocations
Allocating huge pages directly from the buddy allocator is not guaranteed to
succeed.  Success depends on several factors (such as the amount of physical
memory available and the level of fragmentation).  With the addition of
dynamic hugetlb pool resizing, allocations can occur much more frequently.
For these reasons it is desirable to keep track of huge page allocation
successes and failures.

Add two new vmstat entries to track huge page allocations that succeed and
fail.  The presence of the two entries is contingent upon CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE
being enabled.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: reduced ifdeffery]
Signed-off-by: Adam Litke <agl@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Munson <ebmunson@us.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Reviewed-by: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:23 -07:00
Nick Piggin
a08cb629f5 s390: implement pte special bit
Convert XIP to support non-struct page backed memory, using VM_MIXEDMAP for
the user mappings.

This requires the get_xip_page API to be changed to an address based one.
Improve the API layering a little bit too, while we're here.

This is required in order to support XIP filesystems on memory that isn't
backed with struct page (but memory with struct page is still supported too).

Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Acked-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:23 -07:00
Nick Piggin
70688e4dd1 xip: support non-struct page backed memory
Convert XIP to support non-struct page backed memory, using VM_MIXEDMAP for
the user mappings.

This requires the get_xip_page API to be changed to an address based one.
Improve the API layering a little bit too, while we're here.

This is required in order to support XIP filesystems on memory that isn't
backed with struct page (but memory with struct page is still supported too).

Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Acked-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:23 -07:00
Jared Hulbert
30afcb4bd2 return pfn from direct_access, for XIP
Alter the block device ->direct_access() API to work with the new
get_xip_mem() API (that requires both kaddr and pfn are returned).

Some architectures will not do the right thing in their virt_to_page() for use
by XIP (to translate from the kernel virtual address returned by
direct_access(), to a user mappable pfn in XIP's page fault handler.

However, we can't switch it to just return the pfn and not the kaddr, because
we have no good way to get a kva from a pfn, and XIP requires the kva for its
read(2) and write(2) handlers.  So we have to return both.

Signed-off-by: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Cc: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:23 -07:00
Nick Piggin
423bad6004 mm: add vm_insert_mixed
vm_insert_mixed will insert either a raw pfn or a refcounted struct page into
the page tables, depending on whether vm_normal_page() will return the page or
not.  With the introduction of the new pte bit, this is now a too tricky for
drivers to be doing themselves.

filemap_xip uses this in a subsequent patch.

Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Cc: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:23 -07:00
Nick Piggin
7e675137a8 mm: introduce pte_special pte bit
s390 for one, cannot implement VM_MIXEDMAP with pfn_valid, due to their memory
model (which is more dynamic than most).  Instead, they had proposed to
implement it with an additional path through vm_normal_page(), using a bit in
the pte to determine whether or not the page should be refcounted:

vm_normal_page()
{
	...
        if (unlikely(vma->vm_flags & (VM_PFNMAP|VM_MIXEDMAP))) {
                if (vma->vm_flags & VM_MIXEDMAP) {
#ifdef s390
			if (!mixedmap_refcount_pte(pte))
				return NULL;
#else
                        if (!pfn_valid(pfn))
                                return NULL;
#endif
                        goto out;
                }
	...
}

This is fine, however if we are allowed to use a bit in the pte to determine
refcountedness, we can use that to _completely_ replace all the vma based
schemes.  So instead of adding more cases to the already complex vma-based
scheme, we can have a clearly seperate and simple pte-based scheme (and get
slightly better code generation in the process):

vm_normal_page()
{
#ifdef s390
	if (!mixedmap_refcount_pte(pte))
		return NULL;
	return pte_page(pte);
#else
	...
#endif
}

And finally, we may rather make this concept usable by any architecture rather
than making it s390 only, so implement a new type of pte state for this.
Unfortunately the old vma based code must stay, because some architectures may
not be able to spare pte bits.  This makes vm_normal_page a little bit more
ugly than we would like, but the 2 cases are clearly seperate.

So introduce a pte_special pte state, and use it in mm/memory.c.  It is
currently a noop for all architectures, so this doesn't actually result in any
compiled code changes to mm/memory.o.

BTW:
I haven't put vm_normal_page() into arch code as-per an earlier suggestion.
The reason is that, regardless of where vm_normal_page is actually
implemented, the *abstraction* is still exactly the same. Also, while it
depends on whether the architecture has pte_special or not, that is the
only two possible cases, and it really isn't an arch specific function --
the role of the arch code should be to provide primitive functions and
accessors with which to build the core code; pte_special does that. We do
not want architectures to know or care about vm_normal_page itself, and
we definitely don't want them being able to invent something new there
out of sight of mm/ code. If we made vm_normal_page an arch function, then
we have to make vm_insert_mixed (next patch) an arch function too. So I
don't think moving it to arch code fundamentally improves any abstractions,
while it does practically make the code more difficult to follow, for both
mm and arch developers, and easier to misuse.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix]
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Acked-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:23 -07:00
Jared Hulbert
b379d79019 mm: introduce VM_MIXEDMAP
This series introduces some important infrastructure work.  The overall result
is that:

1. We now support XIP backed filesystems using memory that have no
   struct page allocated to them. And patches 6 and 7 actually implement
   this for s390.

   This is pretty important in a number of cases. As far as I understand,
   in the case of virtualisation (eg. s390), each guest may mount a
   readonly copy of the same filesystem (eg. the distro). Currently,
   guests need to allocate struct pages for this image. So if you have
   100 guests, you already need to allocate more memory for the struct
   pages than the size of the image. I think. (Carsten?)

   For other (eg. embedded) systems, you may have a very large non-
   volatile filesystem. If you have to have struct pages for this, then
   your RAM consumption will go up proportionally to fs size. Even
   though it is just a small proportion, the RAM can be much more costly
   eg in terms of power, so every KB less that Linux uses makes it more
   attractive to a lot of these guys.

2. VM_MIXEDMAP allows us to support mappings where you actually do want
   to refcount _some_ pages in the mapping, but not others, and support
   COW on arbitrary (non-linear) mappings. Jared needs this for his NVRAM
   filesystem in progress. Future iterations of this filesystem will
   most likely want to migrate pages between pagecache and XIP backing,
   which is where the requirement for mixed (some refcounted, some not)
   comes from.

3. pte_special also has a peripheral usage that I need for my lockless
   get_user_pages patch. That was shown to speed up "oltp" on db2 by
   10% on a 2 socket system, which is kind of significant because they
   scrounge for months to try to find 0.1% improvement on these
   workloads. I'm hoping we might finally be faster than AIX on
   pSeries with this :). My reference to lockless get_user_pages is not
   meant to justify this patchset (which doesn't include lockless gup),
   but just to show that pte_special is not some s390 specific thing that
   should be hidden in arch code or xip code: I definitely want to use it
   on at least x86 and powerpc as well.

This patch:

Introduce a new type of mapping, VM_MIXEDMAP.  This is unlike VM_PFNMAP in
that it can support COW mappings of arbitrary ranges including ranges without
struct page *and* ranges with a struct page that we actually want to refcount
(PFNMAP can only support COW in those cases where the un-COW-ed translations
are mapped linearly in the virtual address, and can only support non
refcounted ranges).

VM_MIXEDMAP achieves this by refcounting all pfn_valid pages, and not
refcounting !pfn_valid pages (which is not an option for VM_PFNMAP, because it
needs to avoid refcounting pfn_valid pages eg.  for /dev/mem mappings).

Signed-off-by: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Acked-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Jared Hulbert <jaredeh@gmail.com>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:22 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
e20b8cca76 PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED and separate page flags for Head and Tail
Having separate page flags for the head and the tail of a compound page allows
the compiler to use bitops instead of operations on a word to check for a tail
page.  That is f.e.  important for virt_to_head_page() which is used in
various critical code paths (kfree for example):

Code for PageTail(page)

Before:

 mov    (%rdi),%rdx		page->flags
 mov    %rdx,%rax		3 bytes
 and    $0x12000,%eax		5 bytes
 cmp    $0x12000,%rax		6 bytes
 je     897 <kfree+0xa7>

After:

 mov    (%rdi),%rax
 test   $0x40,%ah			(3 bytes)
 jne    887 <kfree+0x97>

So we go from 14 bytes to 3 bytes and from 3 instructions to one.  From the
use of 2 registers we go to none.

We can only use page flags for this if we have page flags available.  This
patch introduces CONFIG_PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED that is set if pageflags are not
scarce due to SPARSEMEM using page flags for its sectionid on 32 bit NUMA
platforms.

Additional page flag definitions can be added to the CONFIG_PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED
section in page-flags.h if the functionality depends on PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED or
if more page flag overlapping tricks are used for the !PAGEFLAGS_EXTENDED
fallback (the upcoming virtual compound patch may hook in here and Rik's/Lee's
additional page flags to solve the reclaim issues could also be added there
[hint...  hint...  where are these patchsets?]).

Avoiding the overlaying of Pg_reclaim also clears the way for possible use of
compound pages for the pagecache or on the LRU.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:22 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
97965478a6 mm: Get rid of __ZONE_COUNT
It was used to compensate because MAX_NR_ZONES was not available to the
#ifdefs.  Export MAX_NR_ZONES via the new mechanism and get rid of
__ZONE_COUNT.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:22 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
ec7cade8c1 page flags: add PAGEFLAGS_FALSE for flags that are always false
Turns out that there are a number of times that a flag is simply always
returning 0.  Define a macro for that.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:22 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
602c4d112f page flags: handle PG_uncached like all other flags
Remove the special setup for PG_uncached and simply make it part of the enum.
The page flag will only be allocated when the kernel build includes the
uncached allocator.

Acked-by: Dean Nelson <dcn@sgi.com>
Cc: Jes Sorensen <jes@trained-monkey.org>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:22 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
0a128b2b1a pageflags: eliminate PG_xxx aliases
Remove aliases of PG_xxx.  We can easily drop those now and alias by
specifying the PG_xxx flag in the macro that generates the functions.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:22 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
d60cd46bbd pageflags: use proper page flag functions in Xen
Xen uses bitops to manipulate page flags.  Make it use proper page flag
functions.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:22 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
6a1e7f777f pageflags: convert to the use of new macros
Replace explicit definitions of page flags through the use of macros.
Significantly reduces the size of the definitions and removes a lot of
opportunity for errors.  Additonal page flags can typically be generated with
a single line.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:22 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
f94a62e910 pageflags: introduce macros to generate page flag functions
Introduce a set of macros that generate functions to handle page flags.

A page flag function group typically starts with either

	SETPAGEFLAG(<part of function name>,<part of PG_ flagname>)

to create a set of page flag operations that are atomic. Or

	__SETPAGEFLAG(<part of function name>,<part of PG_ flagname)

to create a set of page flag operations that are not atomic.

Then additional operations can be added using the following macros

TESTSCFLAG		Create additional atomic test-and-set and
			test-and-clear functions

TESTSETFLAG		Create additional test and set function
TESTCLEARFLAG		Create additional test and clear function
SETPAGEFLAG		Create additional atomic set function
CLEARPAGEFLAG		Create additional atomic clear function
__TESTPAGEFLAG		Create additional non atomic set function
__SETPAGEFLAG		Create additional non atomic clear function

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:22 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
9223b4190f pageflags: get rid of FLAGS_RESERVED
NR_PAGEFLAGS specifies the number of page flags we are using.  From that we
can calculate the number of bits leftover that can be used for zone, node (and
maybe the sections id).  There is no need anymore for FLAGS_RESERVED if we use
NR_PAGEFLAGS.

Use the new methods to make NR_PAGEFLAGS available via the preprocessor.
NR_PAGEFLAGS is used to calculate field boundaries in the page flags fields.
These field widths have to be available to the preprocessor.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:21 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
e268318149 pageflags: use an enum for the flags
Use an enum to ease the maintenance of page flags.  This is going to change
the numbering from 0 to 18.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:21 -07:00
Andrew Morton
726b801272 page_mapping(): add ifdef around reference to swapper_space
This fixes the superh build when the pageflags patches are applied.

But it shouldn't unless it's a gcc bug.

Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:21 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
308c05e35e sparsemem: vmemmap does not need section bits
A set of patches that attempts to improve page flag handling.  First of all a
method is introduced to generate the page flag functions using macros.  Then
the number of page flags used by sparsemem is reduced.  All page flag
operations will no longer be macros.  All flags will use inline function.

Then we add a way to export enum constants to the preprocessor which allows us
to get rid of __ZONE_COUNT and use the NR_PAGEFLAGS for the dynamic
calculation of actually available page flags for fields.

This patch:

Sparsemem vmemmap does not need any section bits.  This patch has the effect
of reducing the number of bits used in page->flags by at least 6.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:21 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
2301696932 vmallocinfo: add caller information
Add caller information so that /proc/vmallocinfo shows where the allocation
request for a slice of vmalloc memory originated.

Results in output like this:

0xffffc20000000000-0xffffc20000801000 8392704 alloc_large_system_hash+0x127/0x246 pages=2048 vmalloc vpages
0xffffc20000801000-0xffffc20000806000   20480 alloc_large_system_hash+0x127/0x246 pages=4 vmalloc
0xffffc20000806000-0xffffc20000c07000 4198400 alloc_large_system_hash+0x127/0x246 pages=1024 vmalloc vpages
0xffffc20000c07000-0xffffc20000c0a000   12288 alloc_large_system_hash+0x127/0x246 pages=2 vmalloc
0xffffc20000c0a000-0xffffc20000c0c000    8192 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=cff68000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c0c000-0xffffc20000c0f000   12288 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=cff64000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c10000-0xffffc20000c15000   20480 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=cff65000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c16000-0xffffc20000c18000    8192 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=cff69000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c18000-0xffffc20000c1a000    8192 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=fed1f000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c1a000-0xffffc20000c1c000    8192 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=cff68000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c1c000-0xffffc20000c1e000    8192 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=cff68000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c1e000-0xffffc20000c20000    8192 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=cff68000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c20000-0xffffc20000c22000    8192 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=cff68000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c22000-0xffffc20000c24000    8192 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=cff68000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c24000-0xffffc20000c26000    8192 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=e0081000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c26000-0xffffc20000c28000    8192 acpi_os_map_memory+0x13/0x1c phys=e0080000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c28000-0xffffc20000c2d000   20480 alloc_large_system_hash+0x127/0x246 pages=4 vmalloc
0xffffc20000c2d000-0xffffc20000c31000   16384 tcp_init+0xd5/0x31c pages=3 vmalloc
0xffffc20000c31000-0xffffc20000c34000   12288 alloc_large_system_hash+0x127/0x246 pages=2 vmalloc
0xffffc20000c34000-0xffffc20000c36000    8192 init_vdso_vars+0xde/0x1f1
0xffffc20000c36000-0xffffc20000c38000    8192 pci_iomap+0x8a/0xb4 phys=d8e00000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c38000-0xffffc20000c3a000    8192 usb_hcd_pci_probe+0x139/0x295 [usbcore] phys=d8e00000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c3a000-0xffffc20000c3e000   16384 sys_swapon+0x509/0xa15 pages=3 vmalloc
0xffffc20000c40000-0xffffc20000c61000  135168 e1000_probe+0x1c4/0xa32 phys=d8a20000 ioremap
0xffffc20000c61000-0xffffc20000c6a000   36864 _xfs_buf_map_pages+0x8e/0xc0 vmap
0xffffc20000c6a000-0xffffc20000c73000   36864 _xfs_buf_map_pages+0x8e/0xc0 vmap
0xffffc20000c73000-0xffffc20000c7c000   36864 _xfs_buf_map_pages+0x8e/0xc0 vmap
0xffffc20000c7c000-0xffffc20000c7f000   12288 e1000e_setup_tx_resources+0x29/0xbe pages=2 vmalloc
0xffffc20000c80000-0xffffc20001481000 8392704 pci_mmcfg_arch_init+0x90/0x118 phys=e0000000 ioremap
0xffffc20001481000-0xffffc20001682000 2101248 alloc_large_system_hash+0x127/0x246 pages=512 vmalloc
0xffffc20001682000-0xffffc20001e83000 8392704 alloc_large_system_hash+0x127/0x246 pages=2048 vmalloc vpages
0xffffc20001e83000-0xffffc20002204000 3674112 alloc_large_system_hash+0x127/0x246 pages=896 vmalloc vpages
0xffffc20002204000-0xffffc2000220d000   36864 _xfs_buf_map_pages+0x8e/0xc0 vmap
0xffffc2000220d000-0xffffc20002216000   36864 _xfs_buf_map_pages+0x8e/0xc0 vmap
0xffffc20002216000-0xffffc2000221f000   36864 _xfs_buf_map_pages+0x8e/0xc0 vmap
0xffffc2000221f000-0xffffc20002228000   36864 _xfs_buf_map_pages+0x8e/0xc0 vmap
0xffffc20002228000-0xffffc20002231000   36864 _xfs_buf_map_pages+0x8e/0xc0 vmap
0xffffc20002231000-0xffffc20002234000   12288 e1000e_setup_rx_resources+0x35/0x122 pages=2 vmalloc
0xffffc20002240000-0xffffc20002261000  135168 e1000_probe+0x1c4/0xa32 phys=d8a60000 ioremap
0xffffc20002261000-0xffffc2000270c000 4894720 sys_swapon+0x509/0xa15 pages=1194 vmalloc vpages
0xffffffffa0000000-0xffffffffa0022000  139264 module_alloc+0x4f/0x55 pages=33 vmalloc
0xffffffffa0022000-0xffffffffa0029000   28672 module_alloc+0x4f/0x55 pages=6 vmalloc
0xffffffffa002b000-0xffffffffa0034000   36864 module_alloc+0x4f/0x55 pages=8 vmalloc
0xffffffffa0034000-0xffffffffa003d000   36864 module_alloc+0x4f/0x55 pages=8 vmalloc
0xffffffffa003d000-0xffffffffa0049000   49152 module_alloc+0x4f/0x55 pages=11 vmalloc
0xffffffffa0049000-0xffffffffa0050000   28672 module_alloc+0x4f/0x55 pages=6 vmalloc

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:21 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
a10aa57987 vmalloc: show vmalloced areas via /proc/vmallocinfo
Implement a new proc file that allows the display of the currently allocated
vmalloc memory.

It allows to see the users of vmalloc.  That is important if vmalloc space is
scarce (i386 for example).

And it's going to be important for the compound page fallback to vmalloc.
Many of the current users can be switched to use compound pages with fallback.
 This means that the number of users of vmalloc is reduced and page tables no
longer necessary to access the memory.  /proc/vmallocinfo allows to review how
that reduction occurs.

If memory becomes fragmented and larger order allocations are no longer
possible then /proc/vmallocinfo allows to see which compound page allocations
fell back to virtual compound pages.  That is important for new users of
virtual compound pages.  Such as order 1 stack allocation etc that may
fallback to virtual compound pages in the future.

/proc/vmallocinfo permissions are made readable-only-by-root to avoid possible
information leakage.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: CONFIG_MMU=n build fix]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Reviewed-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:21 -07:00
Andrew Morton
b454456841 mm: make early_pfn_to_nid() a C function
Fix this (sparc64)

mm/sparse-vmemmap.c: In function `vmemmap_verify':
mm/sparse-vmemmap.c:64: warning: unused variable `pfn'

by switching to a C function which touches its arg.

(reason 3,555 why macros are bad)

Also, the `nid' arg was misnamed.

Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Acked-by: Andy Whitcroft <apw@shadowen.org>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:20 -07:00
Miklos Szeredi
ac6aadb24b mm: rotate_reclaimable_page() cleanup
Clean up messy conditional calling of test_clear_page_writeback() from both
rotate_reclaimable_page() and end_page_writeback().

The only user of rotate_reclaimable_page() is end_page_writeback() so this is
OK.

Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:20 -07:00
Andi Kleen
7edf85aa3c mm: save some bytes in mm_struct by filling holes on 64bit
Save some bytes in mm_struct by filling holes

Putting int values together for better packing on 64bit shrinks sizeof(struct
mm_struct) from 776 bytes to 764 bytes.

Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:20 -07:00
David Rientjes
3842b46de6 mempolicy: small header file cleanup
Removes forward definition of vm_area_struct in linux/mempolicy.h.  We already
get it from the linux/slab.h -> linux/gfp.h include.

Removes the unused mpol_set_vma_default() macro from linux/mempolicy.h.

Removes the extern definition of default_policy since it is only referenced,
as it should be, in mm/mempolicy.c.

Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:20 -07:00
David Rientjes
4c50bc0116 mempolicy: add MPOL_F_RELATIVE_NODES flag
Adds another optional mode flag, MPOL_F_RELATIVE_NODES, that specifies
nodemasks passed via set_mempolicy() or mbind() should be considered relative
to the current task's mems_allowed.

When the mempolicy is created, the passed nodemask is folded and mapped onto
the current task's mems_allowed.  For example, consider a task using
set_mempolicy() to pass MPOL_INTERLEAVE | MPOL_F_RELATIVE_NODES with a
nodemask of 1-3.  If current's mems_allowed is 4-7, the effected nodemask is
5-7 (the second, third, and fourth node of mems_allowed).

If the same task is attached to a cpuset, the mempolicy nodemask is rebound
each time the mems are changed.  Some possible rebinds and results are:

	mems			result
	1-3			1-3
	1-7			2-4
	1,5-6			1,5-6
	1,5-7			5-7

Likewise, the zonelist built for MPOL_BIND acts on the set of zones assigned
to the resultant nodemask from the relative remap.

In the MPOL_PREFERRED case, the preferred node is remapped from the currently
effected nodemask to the relative nodemask.

This mempolicy mode flag was conceived of by Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>.

Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:19 -07:00
Paul Jackson
7ea931c9fc mempolicy: add bitmap_onto() and bitmap_fold() operations
The following adds two more bitmap operators, bitmap_onto() and bitmap_fold(),
with the usual cpumask and nodemask wrappers.

The bitmap_onto() operator computes one bitmap relative to another.  If the
n-th bit in the origin mask is set, then the m-th bit of the destination mask
will be set, where m is the position of the n-th set bit in the relative mask.

The bitmap_fold() operator folds a bitmap into a second that has bit m set iff
the input bitmap has some bit n set, where m == n mod sz, for the specified sz
value.

There are two substantive changes between this patch and its
predecessor bitmap_relative:
 1) Renamed bitmap_relative() to be bitmap_onto().
 2) Added bitmap_fold().

The essential motivation for bitmap_onto() is to provide a mechanism for
converting a cpuset-relative CPU or Node mask to an absolute mask.  Cpuset
relative masks are written as if the current task were in a cpuset whose CPUs
or Nodes were just the consecutive ones numbered 0..N-1, for some N.  The
bitmap_onto() operator is provided in anticipation of adding support for the
first such cpuset relative mask, by the mbind() and set_mempolicy() system
calls, using a planned flag of MPOL_F_RELATIVE_NODES.  These bitmap operators
(and their nodemask wrappers, in particular) will be used in code that
converts the user specified cpuset relative memory policy to a specific system
node numbered policy, given the current mems_allowed of the tasks cpuset.

Such cpuset relative mempolicies will address two deficiencies
of the existing interface between cpusets and mempolicies:
 1) A task cannot at present reliably establish a cpuset
    relative mempolicy because there is an essential race
    condition, in that the tasks cpuset may be changed in
    between the time the task can query its cpuset placement,
    and the time the task can issue the applicable mbind or
    set_memplicy system call.
 2) A task cannot at present establish what cpuset relative
    mempolicy it would like to have, if it is in a smaller
    cpuset than it might have mempolicy preferences for,
    because the existing interface only allows specifying
    mempolicies for nodes currently allowed by the cpuset.

Cpuset relative mempolicies are useful for tasks that don't distinguish
particularly between one CPU or Node and another, but only between how many of
each are allowed, and the proper placement of threads and memory pages on the
various CPUs and Nodes available.

The motivation for the added bitmap_fold() can be seen in the following
example.

Let's say an application has specified some mempolicies that presume 16 memory
nodes, including say a mempolicy that specified MPOL_F_RELATIVE_NODES (cpuset
relative) nodes 12-15.  Then lets say that application is crammed into a
cpuset that only has 8 memory nodes, 0-7.  If one just uses bitmap_onto(),
this mempolicy, mapped to that cpuset, would ignore the requested relative
nodes above 7, leaving it empty of nodes.  That's not good; better to fold the
higher nodes down, so that some nodes are included in the resulting mapped
mempolicy.  In this case, the mempolicy nodes 12-15 are taken modulo 8 (the
weight of the mems_allowed of the confining cpuset), resulting in a mempolicy
specifying nodes 4-7.

Signed-off-by: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: <ray-lk@madrabbit.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:19 -07:00
David Rientjes
f5b087b52f mempolicy: add MPOL_F_STATIC_NODES flag
Add an optional mempolicy mode flag, MPOL_F_STATIC_NODES, that suppresses the
node remap when the policy is rebound.

Adds another member to struct mempolicy, nodemask_t user_nodemask, as part of
a union with cpuset_mems_allowed:

	struct mempolicy {
		...
		union {
			nodemask_t cpuset_mems_allowed;
			nodemask_t user_nodemask;
		} w;
	}

that stores the the nodemask that the user passed when he or she created the
mempolicy via set_mempolicy() or mbind().  When using MPOL_F_STATIC_NODES,
which is passed with any mempolicy mode, the user's passed nodemask
intersected with the VMA or task's allowed nodes is always used when
determining the preferred node, setting the MPOL_BIND zonelist, or creating
the interleave nodemask.  This happens whenever the policy is rebound,
including when a task's cpuset assignment changes or the cpuset's mems are
changed.

This creates an interesting side-effect in that it allows the mempolicy
"intent" to lie dormant and uneffected until it has access to the node(s) that
it desires.  For example, if you currently ask for an interleaved policy over
a set of nodes that you do not have access to, the mempolicy is not created
and the task continues to use the previous policy.  With this change, however,
it is possible to create the same mempolicy; it is only effected when access
to nodes in the nodemask is acquired.

It is also possible to mount tmpfs with the static nodemask behavior when
specifying a node or nodemask.  To do this, simply add "=static" immediately
following the mempolicy mode at mount time:

	mount -o remount mpol=interleave=static:1-3

Also removes mpol_check_policy() and folds its logic into mpol_new() since it
is now obsoleted.  The unused vma_mpol_equal() is also removed.

Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:19 -07:00
David Rientjes
028fec414d mempolicy: support optional mode flags
With the evolution of mempolicies, it is necessary to support mempolicy mode
flags that specify how the policy shall behave in certain circumstances.  The
most immediate need for mode flag support is to suppress remapping the
nodemask of a policy at the time of rebind.

Both the mempolicy mode and flags are passed by the user in the 'int policy'
formal of either the set_mempolicy() or mbind() syscall.  A new constant,
MPOL_MODE_FLAGS, represents the union of legal optional flags that may be
passed as part of this int.  Mempolicies that include illegal flags as part of
their policy are rejected as invalid.

An additional member to struct mempolicy is added to support the mode flags:

	struct mempolicy {
		...
		unsigned short policy;
		unsigned short flags;
	}

The splitting of the 'int' actual passed by the user is done in
sys_set_mempolicy() and sys_mbind() for their respective syscalls.  This is
done by intersecting the actual with MPOL_MODE_FLAGS, rejecting the syscall of
there are additional flags, and storing it in the new 'flags' member of struct
mempolicy.  The intersection of the actual with ~MPOL_MODE_FLAGS is stored in
the 'policy' member of the struct and all current users of pol->policy remain
unchanged.

The union of the policy mode and optional mode flags is passed back to the
user in get_mempolicy().

This combination of mode and flags within the same actual does not break
userspace code that relies on get_mempolicy(&policy, ...) and either

	switch (policy) {
	case MPOL_BIND:
		...
	case MPOL_INTERLEAVE:
		...
	};

statements or

	if (policy == MPOL_INTERLEAVE) {
		...
	}

statements.  Such applications would need to use optional mode flags when
calling set_mempolicy() or mbind() for these previously implemented statements
to stop working.  If an application does start using optional mode flags, it
will need to mask the optional flags off the policy in switch and conditional
statements that only test mode.

An additional member is also added to struct shmem_sb_info to store the
optional mode flags.

[hugh@veritas.com: shmem mpol: fix build warning]
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:19 -07:00
David Rientjes
a3b51e0142 mempolicy: convert MPOL constants to enum
The mempolicy mode constants, MPOL_DEFAULT, MPOL_PREFERRED, MPOL_BIND, and
MPOL_INTERLEAVE, are better declared as part of an enum since they are
sequentially numbered and cannot be combined.

The policy member of struct mempolicy is also converted from type short to
type unsigned short.  A negative policy does not have any legitimate meaning,
so it is possible to change its type in preparation for adding optional mode
flags later.

The equivalent member of struct shmem_sb_info is also changed from int to
unsigned short.

For compatibility, the policy formal to get_mempolicy() remains as a pointer
to an int:

	int get_mempolicy(int *policy, unsigned long *nmask,
			  unsigned long maxnode, unsigned long addr,
			  unsigned long flags);

although the only possible values is the range of type unsigned short.

Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:19 -07:00
Pekka Enberg
1b27d05b6e mm: move cache_line_size() to <linux/cache.h>
Not all architectures define cache_line_size() so as suggested by Andrew move
the private implementations in mm/slab.c and mm/slob.c to <linux/cache.h>.

Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:19 -07:00
Mel Gorman
19770b3260 mm: filter based on a nodemask as well as a gfp_mask
The MPOL_BIND policy creates a zonelist that is used for allocations
controlled by that mempolicy.  As the per-node zonelist is already being
filtered based on a zone id, this patch adds a version of __alloc_pages() that
takes a nodemask for further filtering.  This eliminates the need for
MPOL_BIND to create a custom zonelist.

A positive benefit of this is that allocations using MPOL_BIND now use the
local node's distance-ordered zonelist instead of a custom node-id-ordered
zonelist.  I.e., pages will be allocated from the closest allowed node with
available memory.

[Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com: Mempolicy: update stale documentation and comments]
[Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com: Mempolicy: make dequeue_huge_page_vma() obey MPOL_BIND nodemask]
[Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com: Mempolicy: make dequeue_huge_page_vma() obey MPOL_BIND nodemask rework]
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:19 -07:00
Mel Gorman
dd1a239f6f mm: have zonelist contains structs with both a zone pointer and zone_idx
Filtering zonelists requires very frequent use of zone_idx().  This is costly
as it involves a lookup of another structure and a substraction operation.  As
the zone_idx is often required, it should be quickly accessible.  The node idx
could also be stored here if it was found that accessing zone->node is
significant which may be the case on workloads where nodemasks are heavily
used.

This patch introduces a struct zoneref to store a zone pointer and a zone
index.  The zonelist then consists of an array of these struct zonerefs which
are looked up as necessary.  Helpers are given for accessing the zone index as
well as the node index.

[kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com: Suggested struct zoneref instead of embedding information in pointers]
[hugh@veritas.com: mm-have-zonelist: fix memcg ooms]
[hugh@veritas.com: just return do_try_to_free_pages]
[hugh@veritas.com: do_try_to_free_pages gfp_mask redundant]
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:18 -07:00
Mel Gorman
54a6eb5c47 mm: use two zonelist that are filtered by GFP mask
Currently a node has two sets of zonelists, one for each zone type in the
system and a second set for GFP_THISNODE allocations.  Based on the zones
allowed by a gfp mask, one of these zonelists is selected.  All of these
zonelists consume memory and occupy cache lines.

This patch replaces the multiple zonelists per-node with two zonelists.  The
first contains all populated zones in the system, ordered by distance, for
fallback allocations when the target/preferred node has no free pages.  The
second contains all populated zones in the node suitable for GFP_THISNODE
allocations.

An iterator macro is introduced called for_each_zone_zonelist() that interates
through each zone allowed by the GFP flags in the selected zonelist.

Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:18 -07:00
Mel Gorman
18ea7e710d mm: remember what the preferred zone is for zone_statistics
On NUMA, zone_statistics() is used to record events like numa hit, miss and
foreign.  It assumes that the first zone in a zonelist is the preferred zone.
When multiple zonelists are replaced by one that is filtered, this is no
longer the case.

This patch records what the preferred zone is rather than assuming the first
zone in the zonelist is it.  This simplifies the reading of later patches in
this set.

Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:18 -07:00
Mel Gorman
0e88460da6 mm: introduce node_zonelist() for accessing the zonelist for a GFP mask
Introduce a node_zonelist() helper function.  It is used to lookup the
appropriate zonelist given a node and a GFP mask.  The patch on its own is a
cleanup but it helps clarify parts of the two-zonelist-per-node patchset.  If
necessary, it can be merged with the next patch in this set without problems.

Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:18 -07:00
Mel Gorman
dac1d27bc8 mm: use zonelists instead of zones when direct reclaiming pages
The following patches replace multiple zonelists per node with two zonelists
that are filtered based on the GFP flags.  The patches as a set fix a bug with
regard to the use of MPOL_BIND and ZONE_MOVABLE.  With this patchset, the
MPOL_BIND will apply to the two highest zones when the highest zone is
ZONE_MOVABLE.  This should be considered as an alternative fix for the
MPOL_BIND+ZONE_MOVABLE in 2.6.23 to the previously discussed hack that filters
only custom zonelists.

The first patch cleans up an inconsistency where direct reclaim uses
zonelist->zones where other places use zonelist.

The second patch introduces a helper function node_zonelist() for looking up
the appropriate zonelist for a GFP mask which simplifies patches later in the
set.

The third patch defines/remembers the "preferred zone" for numa statistics, as
it is no longer always the first zone in a zonelist.

The forth patch replaces multiple zonelists with two zonelists that are
filtered.  The two zonelists are due to the fact that the memoryless patchset
introduces a second set of zonelists for __GFP_THISNODE.

The fifth patch introduces helper macros for retrieving the zone and node
indices of entries in a zonelist.

The final patch introduces filtering of the zonelists based on a nodemask.
Two zonelists exist per node, one for normal allocations and one for
__GFP_THISNODE.

Performance results varied depending on the machine configuration.  In real
workloads the gain/loss will depend on how much the userspace portion of the
benchmark benefits from having more cache available due to reduced referencing
of zonelists.

These are the range of performance losses/gains when running against
2.6.24-rc4-mm1.  The set and these machines are a mix of i386, x86_64 and
ppc64 both NUMA and non-NUMA.
			     loss   to  gain
Total CPU time on Kernbench: -0.86% to  1.13%
Elapsed   time on Kernbench: -0.79% to  0.76%
page_test from aim9:         -4.37% to  0.79%
brk_test  from aim9:         -0.71% to  4.07%
fork_test from aim9:         -1.84% to  4.60%
exec_test from aim9:         -0.71% to  1.08%

This patch:

The allocator deals with zonelists which indicate the order in which zones
should be targeted for an allocation.  Similarly, direct reclaim of pages
iterates over an array of zones.  For consistency, this patch converts direct
reclaim to use a zonelist.  No functionality is changed by this patch.  This
simplifies zonelist iterators in the next patch.

Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:18 -07:00
Nick Piggin
3c18ddd160 mm: remove nopage
Nothing in the tree uses nopage any more.  Remove support for it in the
core mm code and documentation (and a few stray references to it in
comments).

Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:18 -07:00
Harvey Harrison
ddc81ed2c5 remove sparse warning for mmzone.h
include/linux/mmzone.h:640:22: warning: potentially expensive pointer subtraction

Calculate the offset into the node_zones array rather than the index
using casts to (char *) and comparing against the index * sizeof(struct zone).

On X86_32 this saves a sar, but code size increases by one byte per
is_highmem() use due to 32-bit cmps rather than 16 bit cmps.

Before:
 207:   2b 80 8c 07 00 00       sub    0x78c(%eax),%eax
 20d:   c1 f8 0b                sar    $0xb,%eax
 210:   83 f8 02                cmp    $0x2,%eax
 213:   74 16                   je     22b <kmap_atomic_prot+0x144>
 215:   83 f8 03                cmp    $0x3,%eax
 218:   0f 85 8f 00 00 00       jne    2ad <kmap_atomic_prot+0x1c6>
 21e:   83 3d 00 00 00 00 02    cmpl   $0x2,0x0
 225:   0f 85 82 00 00 00       jne    2ad <kmap_atomic_prot+0x1c6>
 22b:   64 a1 00 00 00 00       mov    %fs:0x0,%eax

After:
 207:   2b 80 8c 07 00 00       sub    0x78c(%eax),%eax
 20d:   3d 00 10 00 00          cmp    $0x1000,%eax
 212:   74 18                   je     22c <kmap_atomic_prot+0x145>
 214:   3d 00 18 00 00          cmp    $0x1800,%eax
 219:   0f 85 8f 00 00 00       jne    2ae <kmap_atomic_prot+0x1c7>
 21f:   83 3d 00 00 00 00 02    cmpl   $0x2,0x0
 226:   0f 85 82 00 00 00       jne    2ae <kmap_atomic_prot+0x1c7>
 22c:   64 a1 00 00 00 00       mov    %fs:0x0,%eax

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:17 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
488514d179 Remove set_migrateflags()
Migrate flags must be set on slab creation as agreed upon when the antifrag
logic was reviewed.  Otherwise some slabs of a slabcache will end up in the
unmovable and others in the reclaimable section depending on which flag was
active when a new slab page was allocated.

This likely slid in somehow when antifrag was merged. Remove it.

The buffer_heads are always allocated with __GFP_RECLAIMABLE because the
SLAB_RECLAIM_ACCOUNT option is set.  The set_migrateflags() never had any
effect there.

Radix tree allocations are not directly reclaimable but they are allocated
with __GFP_RECLAIMABLE set on each allocation.  We now set
SLAB_RECLAIM_ACCOUNT on radix tree slab creation making sure that radix
tree slabs are consistently placed in the reclaimable section.  Radix tree
slabs will also be accounted as such.

There is then no user left of set_migratepages. So remove it.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:17 -07:00
Badari Pulavarty
ea01ea937d hotplug memory remove: generic __remove_pages() support
Generic helper function to remove section mappings and sysfs entries for the
section of the memory we are removing.  offline_pages() correctly adjusted
zone and marked the pages reserved.

TODO: Yasunori Goto is working on patches to free up allocations from bootmem.

Signed-off-by: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2008-04-28 08:58:17 -07:00
David S. Miller
ceb4e8e44b sparc64: Kill PIL_RESERVED, unused.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-28 04:03:06 -07:00
Al Viro
8b67dca942 [PATCH] new predicate - AUDIT_FILETYPE
Argument is S_IF... | <index>, where index is normally 0 or 1.
Triggers if chosen element of ctx->names[] is present and the
mode of object in question matches the upper bits of argument.
I.e. for things like "is the argument of that chmod a directory",
etc.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-04-28 06:28:37 -04:00
Miloslav Trmac
41126226e1 [patch 1/2] audit: let userspace fully control TTY input auditing
Remove the code that automatically disables TTY input auditing in processes
that open TTYs when they have no other TTY open; this heuristic was
intended to automatically handle daemons, but it has false positives (e.g.
with sshd) that make it impossible to control TTY input auditing from a PAM
module.  With this patch, TTY input auditing is controlled from user-space
only.

On the other hand, not even for daemons does it make sense to audit "input"
from PTY masters; this data was produced by a program writing to the PTY
slave, and does not represent data entered by the user.

Signed-off-by: Miloslav Trmac <mitr@redhat.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-04-28 06:28:24 -04:00
Eric Paris
a42da93c86 Audit: increase the maximum length of the key field
Key lengths were arbitrarily limited to 32 characters.  If userspace is going
to start using the single kernel key field as multiple virtual key fields
(example key=key1,key2,key3,key4) we should give them enough room to work.

Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-04-28 06:19:29 -04:00
Eric Paris
b556f8ad58 Audit: standardize string audit interfaces
This patch standardized the string auditing interfaces.  No userspace
changes will be visible and this is all just cleanup and consistancy
work.  We have the following string audit interfaces to use:

void audit_log_n_hex(struct audit_buffer *ab, const unsigned char *buf, size_t len);

void audit_log_n_string(struct audit_buffer *ab, const char *buf, size_t n);
void audit_log_string(struct audit_buffer *ab, const char *buf);

void audit_log_n_untrustedstring(struct audit_buffer *ab, const char *string, size_t n);
void audit_log_untrustedstring(struct audit_buffer *ab, const char *string);

This may be the first step to possibly fixing some of the issues that
people have with the string output from the kernel audit system.  But we
still don't have an agreed upon solution to that problem.

Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-04-28 06:19:22 -04:00
Eric Paris
2532386f48 Audit: collect sessionid in netlink messages
Previously I added sessionid output to all audit messages where it was
available but we still didn't know the sessionid of the sender of
netlink messages.  This patch adds that information to netlink messages
so we can audit who sent netlink messages.

Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
2008-04-28 06:18:03 -04:00
Eric Paris
7b41b1733c SELinux: include/security.h whitespace, syntax, and other cleanups
This patch changes include/security.h to fix whitespace and syntax issues.  Things that
are fixed may include (does not not have to include)

whitespace at end of lines
spaces followed by tabs
spaces used instead of tabs
spacing around parenthesis
location of { around structs and else clauses
location of * in pointer declarations
removal of initialization of static data to keep it in the right section
useless {} in if statemetns
useless checking for NULL before kfree
fixing of the indentation depth of switch statements
no assignments in if statements
include spaces around , in function calls
and any number of other things I forgot to mention

Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
2008-04-28 09:29:08 +10:00
David S. Miller
90888816ba sparc64: Clean up handling of pt_regs trap type encoding.
If we use this from more than one place, it's better to
have helpers instead of twiddling magic constants all
over.

Add pt_regs_trap_type(), pt_regs_clear_trap_type(), and
pt_regs_is_syscall().

Use them in do_signal().

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-27 14:52:51 -07:00
David L Stevens
dae5029548 ipv4/ipv6 compat: Fix SSM applications on 64bit kernels.
Add support on 64-bit kernels for seting 32-bit compatible MCAST*
socket options.

Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-27 14:26:53 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
064922a805 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6: (40 commits)
  [SCSI] jazz_esp, sgiwd93, sni_53c710, sun3x_esp: fix platform driver hotplug/coldplug
  [SCSI] aic7xxx: add const
  [SCSI] aic7xxx: add static
  [SCSI] aic7xxx: Update _shipped files
  [SCSI] aic7xxx: teach aicasm to not emit unused debug code/data
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Update version number to 8.02.01-k2.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Correct regression in relogin code.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Correct misc. endian and byte-ordering issues.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: make qla2x00_issue_iocb_timeout() static
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: qla_os.c, make 2 functions static
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Re-register FDMI information after a LIP.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Correct SRB usage-after-completion/free issues.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Correct ISP84XX verify-chip response handling.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Wakeup DPC thread to process any deferred-work requests.
  [SCSI] qla2xxx: Collapse RISC-RAM retrieval code during a firmware-dump.
  [SCSI] m68k: new mac_esp scsi driver
  [SCSI] zfcp: Add some statistics provided by the FCP adapter to the sysfs
  [SCSI] zfcp: Print some messages only during ERP
  [SCSI] zfcp: Wait for free SBAL during exchange config
  [SCSI] scsi_transport_fc: fc_user_scan correction
  ...
2008-04-27 11:25:00 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
42cadc8600 Merge branch 'kvm-updates-2.6.26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/avi/kvm
* 'kvm-updates-2.6.26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/avi/kvm: (147 commits)
  KVM: kill file->f_count abuse in kvm
  KVM: MMU: kvm_pv_mmu_op should not take mmap_sem
  KVM: SVM: remove selective CR0 comment
  KVM: SVM: remove now obsolete FIXME comment
  KVM: SVM: disable CR8 intercept when tpr is not masking interrupts
  KVM: SVM: sync V_TPR with LAPIC.TPR if CR8 write intercept is disabled
  KVM: export kvm_lapic_set_tpr() to modules
  KVM: SVM: sync TPR value to V_TPR field in the VMCB
  KVM: ppc: PowerPC 440 KVM implementation
  KVM: Add MAINTAINERS entry for PowerPC KVM
  KVM: ppc: Add DCR access information to struct kvm_run
  ppc: Export tlb_44x_hwater for KVM
  KVM: Rename debugfs_dir to kvm_debugfs_dir
  KVM: x86 emulator: fix lea to really get the effective address
  KVM: x86 emulator: fix smsw and lmsw with a memory operand
  KVM: x86 emulator: initialize src.val and dst.val for register operands
  KVM: SVM: force a new asid when initializing the vmcb
  KVM: fix kvm_vcpu_kick vs __vcpu_run race
  KVM: add ioctls to save/store mpstate
  KVM: Rename VCPU_MP_STATE_* to KVM_MP_STATE_*
  ...
2008-04-27 10:13:52 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
fba5c1af5c Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bart/ide-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bart/ide-2.6: (49 commits)
  ide-tape: remove tape->merge_stage
  ide-tape: mv tape->merge_stage_size tape->merge_bh_size
  ide-tape: mv idetape_empty_write_pipeline ide_tape_flush_merge_buffer
  ide-tape: mv idetape_discard_read_pipeline ide_tape_discard_merge_buffer
  ide-tape: make __idetape_discard_read_pipeline() of type void
  ide: remove now unused ide_pci_create_host_proc()
  ide: remove /proc/ide/ali
  ide-tape: improve buffer pages freeing strategy
  ide-tape: mv tape->pages_per_stage tape->pages_per_buffer
  ide-tape: mv tape->stage_size tape->buffer_size
  ide-tape: improve buffer allocation strategy
  ide: add struct ide_io_ports (take 3)
  ide: make ide_unregister() take 'ide_hwif_t *' as an argument (take 2)
  ide: sanitize ide_unregister() usage
  mpc8xx-ide: use ide_find_port()
  ide: add "noacpi" / "acpigtf" / "acpionboot" parameters
  gayle: add "doubler" parameter
  ide: add "cdrom=" and "chs=" parameters
  ide: add "nodma|noflush|noprobe|nowerr=" parameters
  ide: remove obsoleted "hdx=autotune" kernel parameter
  ...
2008-04-27 10:13:06 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
f222eba0f9 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-idle-fix
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-idle-fix:
  fix idle (arch, acpi and apm) and lockdep
2008-04-27 10:10:54 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
2d630d1a68 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband:
  mlx4_core: Add helper to move QP to ready-to-send
  mlx4_core: Add HW queues allocation helpers
  RDMA/nes: Remove volatile qualifier from struct nes_hw_cq.cq_vbase
  mlx4_core: CQ resizing should pass a 0 opcode modifier to MODIFY_CQ
  mlx4_core: Move kernel doorbell management into core
  IB/ehca: Bump version number to 0026
  IB/ehca: Make some module parameters bool, update descriptions
  IB/ehca: Remove mr_largepage parameter
  IB/ehca: Move high-volume debug output to higher debug levels
  IB/ehca: Prevent posting of SQ WQEs if QP not in RTS
  IPoIB: Handle 4K IB MTU for UD (datagram) mode
  RDMA/nes: Fix adapter reset after PXE boot
  RDMA/nes: Print IPv4 addresses in a readable format
  RDMA/nes: Use print_mac() to format ethernet addresses for printing
2008-04-27 10:10:14 -07:00
Christoph Lameter
65c3376aac slub: Fallback to minimal order during slab page allocation
If any higher order allocation fails then fall back the smallest order
necessary to contain at least one object. This enables fallback for all
allocations to order 0 pages. The fallback will waste more memory (objects
will not fit neatly) and the fallback slabs will be not as efficient as larger
slabs since they contain less objects.

Note that SLAB also depends on order 1 allocations for some slabs that waste
too much memory if forced into PAGE_SIZE'd page. SLUB now can now deal with
failing order 1 allocs which SLAB cannot do.

Add a new field min that will contain the objects for the smallest possible order
for a slab cache.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
2008-04-27 18:28:18 +03:00
Christoph Lameter
205ab99dd1 slub: Update statistics handling for variable order slabs
Change the statistics to consider that slabs of the same slabcache
can have different number of objects in them since they may be of
different order.

Provide a new sysfs field

	total_objects

which shows the total objects that the allocated slabs of a slabcache
could hold.

Add a max field that holds the largest slab order that was ever used
for a slab cache.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
2008-04-27 18:28:17 +03:00
Christoph Lameter
834f3d1192 slub: Add kmem_cache_order_objects struct
Pack the order and the number of objects into a single word.
This saves some memory in the kmem_cache_structure and more importantly
allows us to fetch both values atomically.

Later the slab orders become runtime configurable and we need to fetch these
two items together in order to properly allocate a slab and initialize its
objects.

Fix the race by fetching the order and the number of objects in one word.

[penberg@cs.helsinki.fi: fix memset() page order in new_slab()]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
2008-04-27 18:28:17 +03:00
Christoph Lameter
39b264641a slub: Store max number of objects in the page struct.
Split the inuse field up to be able to store the number of objects in this
page in the page struct as well. Necessary if we want to have pages of
various orders for a slab. Also avoids touching struct kmem_cache cachelines in
__slab_alloc().

Update diagnostic code to check the number of objects and make sure that
the number of objects always stays within the bounds of a 16 bit unsigned
integer.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
2008-04-27 18:28:16 +03:00
Al Viro
66c0b394f0 KVM: kill file->f_count abuse in kvm
Use kvm own refcounting instead of playing with ->filp->f_count.
That will allow to get rid of a lot of crap in anon_inode_getfd() and
kill a race in kvm_dev_ioctl_create_vm() (file might have been closed
immediately by another thread, so ->filp might point to already freed
struct file when we get around to setting it).

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 18:21:46 +03:00
Hollis Blanchard
bbf45ba57e KVM: ppc: PowerPC 440 KVM implementation
This functionality is definitely experimental, but is capable of running
unmodified PowerPC 440 Linux kernels as guests on a PowerPC 440 host. (Only
tested with 440EP "Bamboo" guests so far, but with appropriate userspace
support other SoC/board combinations should work.)

See Documentation/powerpc/kvm_440.txt for technical details.

[stephen: build fix]

Signed-off-by: Hollis Blanchard <hollisb@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 18:21:39 +03:00
Hollis Blanchard
b2312f059c KVM: ppc: Add DCR access information to struct kvm_run
Device Control Registers are essentially another address space found on PowerPC
4xx processors, analogous to PIO on x86. DCRs are always 32 bits, and can be
identified by a 32-bit number. We forward most DCR accesses to userspace for
emulation (with the exception of CPR0 registers, which can be read directly
for simplicity in timebase frequency determination).

Signed-off-by: Hollis Blanchard <hollisb@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 18:21:37 +03:00
Hollis Blanchard
4baacfb0de ppc: Export tlb_44x_hwater for KVM
PowerPC 440 KVM needs to know how many TLB entries are used for the host kernel
linear mapping (it does not modify these mappings when switching between guest
and host execution).

Signed-off-by: Hollis Blanchard <hollisb@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Josh Boyer <jwboyer@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 18:21:37 +03:00
Hollis Blanchard
76f7c87902 KVM: Rename debugfs_dir to kvm_debugfs_dir
It's a globally exported symbol now.

Signed-off-by: Hollis Blanchard <hollisb@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 18:21:36 +03:00
Marcelo Tosatti
62d9f0dbc9 KVM: add ioctls to save/store mpstate
So userspace can save/restore the mpstate during migration.

[avi: export the #define constants describing the value]
[christian: add s390 stubs]
[avi: ditto for ia64]

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 18:21:16 +03:00
Alexey Dobriyan
fd0949e6e8 ide: remove now unused ide_pci_create_host_proc()
It creates files in proc with obsoleted ->get_info interface.

Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@openvz.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-27 15:38:34 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
4c3032d8a4 ide: add struct ide_io_ports (take 3)
* Add struct ide_io_ports and use it instead of `unsigned long io_ports[]`
  in ide_hwif_t.

* Rename io_ports[] in hw_regs_t to io_ports_array[].

* Use un-named union for 'unsigned long io_ports_array[]' and 'struct
  ide_io_ports io_ports' in hw_regs_t.

* Remove IDE_*_OFFSET defines.

v2:
* scc_pata.c build fix from Stephen Rothwell.

v3:
* Fix ctl_adrr typo in Sparc-specific part of ns87415.c.
  (Noticed by Andrew Morton)

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-27 15:38:32 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
387750c3bf ide: make ide_unregister() take 'ide_hwif_t *' as an argument (take 2)
* Make ide_unregister() take 'ide_hwif_t *hwif' instead of 'unsigned int
  index' (hwif->index) as an argument and update all users accordingly.

While at it:

* Remove unnecessary checks for hwif != NULL from ide-pnp.c::idepnp_remove()
  and delkin_cb.c::delkin_cb_remove().

* Remove needless hwif->chipset assignment from scc_pata.c::scc_remove().

v2:
* Fixup ide_unregister() documentation.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-27 15:38:31 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
1dbfeb4bc8 ide: add "noacpi" / "acpigtf" / "acpionboot" parameters
* Rename ide_noacpi{tfs,onboot} to ide_acpi{gtf,onboot} (+ reverse logic).

* Move ide_*acpi* variables to ide-acpi.c and remove unnecessary initializers.

* Add "noacpi" / "acpigtf" / "acpionboot" parameters.

* Obsolete "ide=noacpi" / "ide=acpigtf" / "ide=acpionboot" kernel parameters.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-27 15:38:30 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
207daeaabb ide: remove obsoleted "hdx=autotune" kernel parameter
* Remove obsoleted "hdx=autotune" kernel parameter
  (we always auto-tune PIO if possible nowadays).

* Remove no longer needed ide_drive_t.autotune flag.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-27 15:38:29 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
e160124ff6 ide: remove IDE_HFLAG_NO_AUTOTUNE host flag
* Don't set IDE_HFLAG_NO_AUTOTUNE host flag in sgiioc4 and icside
  host drivers - there is no need for it as they don't implement
  ->set_pio_mode method.

* Remove no longer needed IDE_HFLAG_NO_AUTOTUNE host flag.

There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.

Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-27 15:38:29 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
ebae41a5a0 ide: add "vlb|pci_clock=" parameter
* Add "vlb_clock=" parameter for specifying VLB clock frequency (in MHz).

* Add "pci_clock=" parameter for specifying PCI bus clock frequency (in MHz).

While at it:

* qd65xx.c: rename {active,recovery}_cycle variables to {act,rec}_cyc.

Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-27 15:38:29 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
cc12175ff2 ide: remove obsoleted "hdx=noautotune" kernel parameter
Remove obsoleted "hdx=noautotune" kernel parameter
(it has been obsoleted since 1 Nov 2004).

Then make ide_hwif_t.autotune a single bit flag
and remove no longer needed IDE_TUNE_* defines.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-27 15:38:24 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
e460a59751 ide: remove obsoleted "idex=reset" kernel parameter
Remove obsoleted "idex=reset" kernel parameter
(it has been obsoleted since 1 Nov 2004).

Then remove corresponding code from ide_probe_port()
and no longer used ->reset field from ide_hwif_t.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-27 15:38:24 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
9fd91d959f ide: add "ignore_cable" parameter (take 2)
Add "ignore_cable" parameter:

* "ide_core.ignore_cable=[interface_number]" boot option if IDE is built-in
  (i.e. "ide_core.ignore_cable=1" to force ignoring cable for "ide1")

* "ignore_cable=[interface_number]" module parameter (for ide_core module)
  if IDE is compiled as module

v2:
* Add ide_port_apply_params() helper
  - use it in ide_device_add_all() and ide_scan_port().

* Make it possible to later disable ignoring cable detection by passing
  "[interface_number]:0" to /sys/module/ide_core/parameters/ignore_cable
  (however sysfs interface is not enabled yet since it needs some other
   IDE changes to make it work reliable).

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-27 15:38:23 +02:00
David S. Miller
5526b7e451 sparc: Remove old style signal frame support.
Back around the same time we were bootstrapping the first 32-bit sparc
Linux kernel with a SunOS userland, we made the signal frame match
that of SunOS.

By the time we even started putting together a native Linux userland
for 32-bit Sparc we realized this layout wasn't sufficient for Linux's
needs.

Therefore we changed the layout, yet kept support for the old style
signal frame layout in there.  The detection mechanism is that we had
sys_sigaction() start passing in a negative signal number to indicate
"new style signal frames please".

Anyways, no binaries exist in the world that use the old stuff.  In
fact, I bet Jakub Jelinek and myself are the only two people who ever
had such binaries to be honest.

So let's get rid of this stuff.

I added an assertion using WARN_ON_ONCE() that makes sure 32-bit
applications are passing in that negative signal number still.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-27 02:26:36 -07:00
Avi Kivity
a45352908b KVM: Rename VCPU_MP_STATE_* to KVM_MP_STATE_*
We wish to export it to userspace, so move it into the kvm namespace.

Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:04:13 +03:00
Marcelo Tosatti
3d80840d96 KVM: hlt emulation should take in-kernel APIC/PIT timers into account
Timers that fire between guest hlt and vcpu_block's add_wait_queue() are
ignored, possibly resulting in hangs.

Also make sure that atomic_inc and waitqueue_active tests happen in the
specified order, otherwise the following race is open:

CPU0                                        CPU1
                                            if (waitqueue_active(wq))
add_wait_queue()
if (!atomic_read(pit_timer->pending))
    schedule()
                                            atomic_inc(pit_timer->pending)

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:04:11 +03:00
Feng(Eric) Liu
d4c9ff2d1b KVM: Add kvm trace userspace interface
This interface allows user a space application to read the trace of kvm
related events through relayfs.

Signed-off-by: Feng (Eric) Liu <eric.e.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:01:22 +03:00
Feng (Eric) Liu
2714d1d3d6 KVM: Add trace markers
Trace markers allow userspace to trace execution of a virtual machine
in order to monitor its performance.

Signed-off-by: Feng (Eric) Liu <eric.e.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:01:19 +03:00
Joerg Roedel
53371b5098 KVM: SVM: add intercept for machine check exception
To properly forward a MCE occured while the guest is running to the host, we
have to intercept this exception and call the host handler by hand. This is
implemented by this patch.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:01:18 +03:00
Anthony Liguori
35149e2129 KVM: MMU: Don't assume struct page for x86
This patch introduces a gfn_to_pfn() function and corresponding functions like
kvm_release_pfn_dirty().  Using these new functions, we can modify the x86
MMU to no longer assume that it can always get a struct page for any given gfn.

We don't want to eliminate gfn_to_page() entirely because a number of places
assume they can do gfn_to_page() and then kmap() the results.  When we support
IO memory, gfn_to_page() will fail for IO pages although gfn_to_pfn() will
succeed.

This does not implement support for avoiding reference counting for reserved
RAM or for IO memory.  However, it should make those things pretty straight
forward.

Since we're only introducing new common symbols, I don't think it will break
the non-x86 architectures but I haven't tested those.  I've tested Intel,
AMD, NPT, and hugetlbfs with Windows and Linux guests.

[avi: fix overflow when shifting left pfns by adding casts]

Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:01:15 +03:00
Xiantao Zhang
1a9c1ac469 KVM: ia64: Add header files for kvm/ia64
Three header files are added:
asm-ia64/kvm.h
asm-ia64/kvm_host.h
asm-ia64/kvm_para.h

Signed-off-by: Xiantao Zhang <xiantao.zhang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:01:02 +03:00
Xiantao Zhang
e235f3450f KVM: ia64: Prepare some structure and routines for kvm use
Register structures are defined per SDM.
Add three small routines for kernel:
ia64_ttag, ia64_loadrs, ia64_flushrs

Signed-off-by: Xiantao Zhang <xiantao.zhang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:01:01 +03:00
Heiko Carstens
c71799c1f4 KVM: s390: Improve pgste accesses
There is no need to use interlocked updates when the rcp
lock is held. Therefore the simple bitops variants can be
used. This should improve performance.

Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:01:00 +03:00
Izik Eidus
d39f13b0da KVM: add vm refcounting
the main purpose of adding this functions is the abilaty to release the
spinlock that protect the kvm list while still be able to do operations
on a specific kvm in a safe way.

Signed-off-by: Izik Eidus <izike@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:56 +03:00
Joerg Roedel
9c20456a32 KVM: function declaration parameter name cleanup
The kvm_host.h file for x86 declares the functions kvm_set_cr[0348]. In the
header file their second parameter is named cr0 in all cases. This patch
renames the parameters so that they match the function name.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:55 +03:00
Marcelo Tosatti
3200f405a1 KVM: MMU: unify slots_lock usage
Unify slots_lock acquision around vcpu_run(). This is simpler and less
error-prone.

Also fix some callsites that were not grabbing the lock properly.

[avi: drop slots_lock while in guest mode to avoid holding the lock
      for indefinite periods]

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:52 +03:00
Christian Borntraeger
e976a2b997 s390: KVM guest: virtio device support, and kvm hypercalls
This patch implements kvm guest kernel support for paravirtualized devices
and contains two parts:
o a basic virtio stub using virtio_ring and external interrupts and hypercalls
o full hypercall implementation in kvm_para.h

Currently we dont have PCI on s390. Making virtio_pci usable for s390 seems
more complicated that providing an own stub. This virtio stub is similar to
the lguest one, the memory for the descriptors and the device detection is made
via additional mapped memory on top of the guest storage. We use an external
interrupt with extint code 0x2603 for host->guest notification.

The hypercall definition uses the diag instruction for issuing a hypercall. The
parameters are written in R2-R7, the hypercall number is written in R1. This is
similar to the system call ABI (svc) which can use R1 for the number and R2-R6
for the parameters.

Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:51 +03:00
Carsten Otte
fa5877439d s390: KVM guest: detect when running on kvm
This patch adds functionality to detect if the kernel runs under the KVM
hypervisor. A macro MACHINE_IS_KVM is exported for device drivers. This
allows drivers to skip device detection if the systems runs non-virtualized.
We also define a preferred console to avoid having the ttyS0, which is a line
mode only console.

Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:50 +03:00
Christian Borntraeger
e28acfea5d KVM: s390: intercepts for diagnose instructions
This patch introduces interpretation of some diagnose instruction intercepts.
Diagnose is our classic architected way of doing a hypercall. This patch
features the following diagnose codes:
- vm storage size, that tells the guest about its memory layout
- time slice end, which is used by the guest to indicate that it waits
  for a lock and thus cannot use up its time slice in a useful way
- ipl functions, which a guest can use to reset and reboot itself

In order to implement ipl functions, we also introduce an exit reason that
causes userspace to perform various resets on the virtual machine. All resets
are described in the principles of operation book, except KVM_S390_RESET_IPL
which causes a reboot of the machine.

Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <martin.schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:46 +03:00
Christian Borntraeger
5288fbf0ef KVM: s390: interprocessor communication via sigp
This patch introduces in-kernel handling of _some_ sigp interprocessor
signals (similar to ipi).
kvm_s390_handle_sigp() decodes the sigp instruction and calls individual
handlers depending on the operation requested:
- sigp sense tries to retrieve information such as existence or running state
  of the remote cpu
- sigp emergency sends an external interrupt to the remove cpu
- sigp stop stops a remove cpu
- sigp stop store status stops a remote cpu, and stores its entire internal
  state to the cpus lowcore
- sigp set arch sets the architecture mode of the remote cpu. setting to
  ESAME (s390x 64bit) is accepted, setting to ESA/S390 (s390, 31 or 24 bit) is
  denied, all others are passed to userland
- sigp set prefix sets the prefix register of a remote cpu

For implementation of this, the stop intercept indication starts to get reused
on purpose: a set of action bits defines what to do once a cpu gets stopped:
ACTION_STOP_ON_STOP  really stops the cpu when a stop intercept is recognized
ACTION_STORE_ON_STOP stores the cpu status to lowcore when a stop intercept is
                     recognized

Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:46 +03:00
Christian Borntraeger
453423dce2 KVM: s390: intercepts for privileged instructions
This patch introduces in-kernel handling of some intercepts for privileged
instructions:

handle_set_prefix()        sets the prefix register of the local cpu
handle_store_prefix()      stores the content of the prefix register to memory
handle_store_cpu_address() stores the cpu number of the current cpu to memory
handle_skey()              just decrements the instruction address and retries
handle_stsch()             delivers condition code 3 "operation not supported"
handle_chsc()              same here
handle_stfl()              stores the facility list which contains the
                           capabilities of the cpu
handle_stidp()             stores cpu type/model/revision and such
handle_stsi()              stores information about the system topology

Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:45 +03:00
Carsten Otte
ba5c1e9b6c KVM: s390: interrupt subsystem, cpu timer, waitpsw
This patch contains the s390 interrupt subsystem (similar to in kernel apic)
including timer interrupts (similar to in-kernel-pit) and enabled wait
(similar to in kernel hlt).

In order to achieve that, this patch also introduces intercept handling
for instruction intercepts, and it implements load control instructions.

This patch introduces an ioctl KVM_S390_INTERRUPT which is valid for both
the vm file descriptors and the vcpu file descriptors. In case this ioctl is
issued against a vm file descriptor, the interrupt is considered floating.
Floating interrupts may be delivered to any virtual cpu in the configuration.

The following interrupts are supported:
SIGP STOP       - interprocessor signal that stops a remote cpu
SIGP SET PREFIX - interprocessor signal that sets the prefix register of a
                  (stopped) remote cpu
INT EMERGENCY   - interprocessor interrupt, usually used to signal need_reshed
                  and for smp_call_function() in the guest.
PROGRAM INT     - exception during program execution such as page fault, illegal
                  instruction and friends
RESTART         - interprocessor signal that starts a stopped cpu
INT VIRTIO      - floating interrupt for virtio signalisation
INT SERVICE     - floating interrupt for signalisations from the system
                  service processor

struct kvm_s390_interrupt, which is submitted as ioctl parameter when injecting
an interrupt, also carrys parameter data for interrupts along with the interrupt
type. Interrupts on s390 usually have a state that represents the current
operation, or identifies which device has caused the interruption on s390.

kvm_s390_handle_wait() does handle waitpsw in two flavors: in case of a
disabled wait (that is, disabled for interrupts), we exit to userspace. In case
of an enabled wait we set up a timer that equals the cpu clock comparator value
and sleep on a wait queue.

[christian: change virtio interrupt to 0x2603]

Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:44 +03:00
Christian Borntraeger
8f2abe6a1e KVM: s390: sie intercept handling
This path introduces handling of sie intercepts in three flavors: Intercepts
are either handled completely in-kernel by kvm_handle_sie_intercept(),
or passed to userspace with corresponding data in struct kvm_run in case
kvm_handle_sie_intercept() returns -ENOTSUPP.
In case of partial execution in kernel with the need of userspace support,
kvm_handle_sie_intercept() may choose to set up struct kvm_run and return
-EREMOTE.

The trivial intercept reasons are handled in this patch:
handle_noop() just does nothing for intercepts that don't require our support
  at all
handle_stop() is called when a cpu enters stopped state, and it drops out to
  userland after updating our vcpu state
handle_validity() faults in the cpu lowcore if needed, or passes the request
  to userland

Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:43 +03:00
Heiko Carstens
b0c632db63 KVM: s390: arch backend for the kvm kernel module
This patch contains the port of Qumranet's kvm kernel module to IBM zSeries
 (aka s390x, mainframe) architecture. It uses the mainframe's virtualization
instruction SIE to run virtual machines with up to 64 virtual CPUs each.
This port is only usable on 64bit host kernels, and can only run 64bit guest
kernels. However, running 31bit applications in guest userspace is possible.

The following source files are introduced by this patch
arch/s390/kvm/kvm-s390.c    similar to arch/x86/kvm/x86.c, this implements all
                            arch callbacks for kvm. __vcpu_run calls back into
                            sie64a to enter the guest machine context
arch/s390/kvm/sie64a.S      assembler function sie64a, which enters guest
                            context via SIE, and switches world before and after                            that
include/asm-s390/kvm_host.h contains all vital data structures needed to run
                            virtual machines on the mainframe
include/asm-s390/kvm.h      defines kvm_regs and friends for user access to
                            guest register content
arch/s390/kvm/gaccess.h     functions similar to uaccess to access guest memory
arch/s390/kvm/kvm-s390.h    header file for kvm-s390 internals, extended by
                            later patches

Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:42 +03:00
Christian Borntraeger
8a88ac6183 s390: KVM preparation: address of the 64bit extint parm in lowcore
The address 0x11b8 is used by z/VM for pfault and diag 250 I/O to
provide a 64 bit extint parameter. virtio uses the same address, so
its time to update the lowcore structure.

Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:41 +03:00
Christian Borntraeger
5b7baf0578 s390: KVM preparation: host memory management changes for s390 kvm
This patch changes the s390 memory management defintions to use the pgste field
for dirty and reference bit tracking of host and guest code. Usually on s390,
dirty and referenced are tracked in storage keys, which belong to the physical
page. This changes with virtualization: The guest and host dirty/reference bits
are defined to be the logical OR of the values for the mapping and the physical
page. This patch implements the necessary changes in pgtable.h for s390.

There is a common code change in mm/rmap.c, the call to
page_test_and_clear_young must be moved. This is a no-op for all
architecture but s390. page_referenced checks the referenced bits for
the physiscal page and for all mappings:
o The physical page is checked with page_test_and_clear_young.
o The mappings are checked with ptep_test_and_clear_young and friends.

Without pgstes (the current implementation on Linux s390) the physical page
check is implemented but the mapping callbacks are no-ops because dirty
and referenced are not tracked in the s390 page tables. The pgstes introduces
guest and host dirty and reference bits for s390 in the host mapping. These
mapping must be checked before page_test_and_clear_young resets the reference
bit.

Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:40 +03:00
Carsten Otte
402b08622d s390: KVM preparation: provide hook to enable pgstes in user pagetable
The SIE instruction on s390 uses the 2nd half of the page table page to
virtualize the storage keys of a guest. This patch offers the s390_enable_sie
function, which reorganizes the page tables of a single-threaded process to
reserve space in the page table:
s390_enable_sie makes sure that the process is single threaded and then uses
dup_mm to create a new mm with reorganized page tables. The old mm is freed
and the process has now a page status extended field after every page table.

Code that wants to exploit pgstes should SELECT CONFIG_PGSTE.

This patch has a small common code hit, namely making dup_mm non-static.

Edit (Carsten): I've modified Martin's patch, following Jeremy Fitzhardinge's
review feedback. Now we do have the prototype for dup_mm in
include/linux/sched.h. Following Martin's suggestion, s390_enable_sie() does now
call task_lock() to prevent race against ptrace modification of mm_users.

Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:40 +03:00
Izik Eidus
37817f2982 KVM: x86: hardware task switching support
This emulates the x86 hardware task switch mechanism in software, as it is
unsupported by either vmx or svm.  It allows operating systems which use it,
like freedos, to run as kvm guests.

Signed-off-by: Izik Eidus <izike@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:39 +03:00
Izik Eidus
2e4d265349 KVM: x86: add functions to get the cpl of vcpu
Signed-off-by: Izik Eidus <izike@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:38 +03:00
Avi Kivity
69a9f69bb2 KVM: Move some x86 specific constants and structures to include/asm-x86
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:34 +03:00
Christian Borntraeger
97646202bc KVM: kvm.h: __user requires compiler.h
include/linux/kvm.h defines struct kvm_dirty_log to
	[...]
	union {
		void __user *dirty_bitmap; /* one bit per page */
		__u64 padding;
	};

__user requires compiler.h to compile. Currently, this works on x86
only coincidentally due to other include files. This patch makes
kvm.h compile in all cases.

Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:32 +03:00
Glauber Costa
3c62c62502 x86: make native_machine_shutdown non-static
it will allow external users to call it. It is mainly
useful for routines that will override its machine_ops
field for its own special purposes, but want to call the
normal shutdown routine after they're done

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:30 +03:00
Glauber Costa
ed23dc6f5b x86: allow machine_crash_shutdown to be replaced
This patch a llows machine_crash_shutdown to
be replaced, just like any of the other functions
in machine_ops

Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:29 +03:00
Marcelo Tosatti
2f333bcb4e KVM: MMU: hypercall based pte updates and TLB flushes
Hypercall based pte updates are faster than faults, and also allow use
of the lazy MMU mode to batch operations.

Don't report the feature if two dimensional paging is enabled.

[avi:
 - one mmu_op hypercall instead of one per op
 - allow 64-bit gpa on hypercall
 - don't pass host errors (-ENOMEM) to guest]

[akpm: warning fix on i386]

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:27 +03:00
Avi Kivity
9f81128591 KVM: Provide unlocked version of emulator_write_phys()
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:26 +03:00
Marcelo Tosatti
0cf1bfd273 x86: KVM guest: add basic paravirt support
Add basic KVM paravirt support. Avoid vm-exits on IO delays.

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:25 +03:00
Marcelo Tosatti
a28e4f5a62 KVM: add basic paravirt support
Add basic KVM paravirt support. Avoid vm-exits on IO delays.

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:24 +03:00
Sheng Yang
e0f63cb927 KVM: Add save/restore supporting of in kernel PIT
Signed-off-by: Sheng Yang <sheng.yang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:22 +03:00
Sheng Yang
7837699fa6 KVM: In kernel PIT model
The patch moves the PIT model from userspace to kernel, and increases
the timer accuracy greatly.

[marcelo: make last_injected_time per-guest]

Signed-off-by: Sheng Yang <sheng.yang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Tested-and-Acked-by: Alex Davis <alex14641@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 12:00:21 +03:00
Joerg Roedel
71c4dfafc0 KVM: detect if VCPU triple faults
In the current inject_page_fault path KVM only checks if there is another PF
pending and injects a DF then. But it has to check for a pending DF too to
detect a shutdown condition in the VCPU.  If this is not detected the VCPU goes
to a PF -> DF -> PF loop when it should triple fault. This patch detects this
condition and handles it with an KVM_SHUTDOWN exit to userspace.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:27 +03:00
Avi Kivity
2d3ad1f40c KVM: Prefix control register accessors with kvm_ to avoid namespace pollution
Names like 'set_cr3()' look dangerously close to affecting the host.

Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:26 +03:00
Marcelo Tosatti
05da45583d KVM: MMU: large page support
Create large pages mappings if the guest PTE's are marked as such and
the underlying memory is hugetlbfs backed.  If the largepage contains
write-protected pages, a large pte is not used.

Gives a consistent 2% improvement for data copies on ram mounted
filesystem, without NPT/EPT.

Anthony measures a 4% improvement on 4-way kernbench, with NPT.

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:25 +03:00
Marcelo Tosatti
2e53d63acb KVM: MMU: ignore zapped root pagetables
Mark zapped root pagetables as invalid and ignore such pages during lookup.

This is a problem with the cr3-target feature, where a zapped root table fools
the faulting code into creating a read-only mapping. The result is a lockup
if the instruction can't be emulated.

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:25 +03:00
Amit Shah
f11c3a8d84 KVM: Add stat counter for hypercalls
Signed-off-by: Amit Shah <amit.shah@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:24 +03:00
Avi Kivity
ef2979bd98 KVM: Increase the number of user memory slots per vm
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:23 +03:00
Avi Kivity
a988b910ef KVM: Add API for determining the number of supported memory slots
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:23 +03:00
Avi Kivity
edbe6c325d KVM: Increase vcpu count to 16
With NPT support, scalability is much improved.

Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:23 +03:00
Avi Kivity
f725230af9 KVM: Add API to retrieve the number of supported vcpus per vm
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:23 +03:00
Glauber de Oliveira Costa
18068523d3 KVM: paravirtualized clocksource: host part
This is the host part of kvm clocksource implementation. As it does
not include clockevents, it is a fairly simple implementation. We
only have to register a per-vcpu area, and start writing to it periodically.

The area is binary compatible with xen, as we use the same shadow_info
structure.

[marcelo: fix bad_page on MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME]
[avi: save full value of the msr, even if enable bit is clear]
[avi: clear previous value of time_page]

Signed-off-by: Glauber de Oliveira Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:22 +03:00
Joerg Roedel
cc4b6871e7 KVM: export the load_pdptrs() function to modules
The load_pdptrs() function is required in the SVM module for NPT support.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:20 +03:00
Joerg Roedel
1855267210 KVM: export information about NPT to generic x86 code
The generic x86 code has to know if the specific implementation uses Nested
Paging. In the generic code Nested Paging is called Two Dimensional Paging
(TDP) to avoid confusion with (future) TDP implementations of other vendors.
This patch exports the availability of TDP to the generic x86 code.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:19 +03:00
Joerg Roedel
f2b4b7ddf6 KVM: make EFER_RESERVED_BITS configurable for architecture code
This patch give the SVM and VMX implementations the ability to add some bits
the guest can set in its EFER register.

Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:18 +03:00
Hollis Blanchard
31bb117eb4 KVM: Use CONFIG_PREEMPT_NOTIFIERS around struct preempt_notifier
This allows kvm_host.h to be #included even when struct preempt_notifier is
undefined. This is needed to build ppc asm-offsets.h.

Signed-off-by: Hollis Blanchard <hollisb@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:18 +03:00
Sheng Yang
2384d2b326 KVM: VMX: Enable Virtual Processor Identification (VPID)
To allow TLB entries to be retained across VM entry and VM exit, the VMM
can now identify distinct address spaces through a new virtual-processor ID
(VPID) field of the VMCS.

[avi: drop vpid_sync_all()]
[avi: add "cc" to asm constraints]

Signed-off-by: Sheng Yang <sheng.yang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:17 +03:00
Dong, Eddie
1ae0a13def KVM: MMU: Simplify hash table indexing
Signed-off-by: Yaozu (Eddie) Dong <eddie.dong@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
2008-04-27 11:53:14 +03:00
David S. Miller
5da496e4b9 sparc64: Kill unused local ISA bus layer.
No more drivers use this, and therefore it can die.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-26 21:41:23 -07:00
David S. Miller
0eb78f0b1a sparc64: Kill ISA_FLOPPY_WORKS code.
This never was enabled, I could never get it working, and if anyone
wants to try and get it's very easy to reference this code in the
history.

It's the only thing referencing the silly ISA device layer in the
sparc64 tree.  OF device layer infrastructure is what should be used
for these things.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-04-26 21:41:19 -07:00
Peter Zijlstra
7f424a8b08 fix idle (arch, acpi and apm) and lockdep
OK, so 25-mm1 gave a lockdep error which made me look into this.

The first thing that I noticed was the horrible mess; the second thing I
saw was hacks like: 71e93d1561

The problem is that arch idle routines are somewhat inconsitent with
their IRQ state handling and instead of fixing _that_, we go paper over
the problem.

So the thing I've tried to do is set a standard for idle routines and
fix them all up to adhere to that. So the rules are:

  idle routines are entered with IRQs disabled
  idle routines will exit with IRQs enabled

Nearly all already did this in one form or another.

Merge the 32 and 64 bit bits so they no longer have different bugs.

As for the actual lockdep warning; __sti_mwait() did a plainly un-annotated
irq-enable.

Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-27 00:01:45 +02:00
Yinghai Lu
cbf9bd603a acpi: get boot_cpu_id as early for k8_scan_nodes
[mingo@elte.hu: split from "x86_64: get boot_cpu_id as early for k8_scan_nodes]

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
2008-04-26 23:41:04 +02:00
Yinghai Lu
30a18d6c3f x86: multi pci root bus with different io resource range, on 64-bit
scan AMD opteron io/mmio routing to make sure every pci root bus get correct
resource range. Thus later pci scan could assign correct resource to device
with unassigned resource.

this can fix a system without _CRS for multi pci root bus.

Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai.lu@sun.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
2008-04-26 23:41:04 +02:00
Yinghai Lu
871d5f8dd0 x86: get mp_bus_to_node early
Currently, on an amd k8 system with multi ht chains, the numa_node of
pci devices under /sys/devices/pci0000:80/* is always 0, even if that
chain is on node 1 or 2 or 3.

Workaround: pcibus_to_node(bus) is used when we want to get the node that
pci_device is on.

In struct device, we already have numa_node member, and we could use
dev_to_node()/set_dev_node() to get and set numa_node in the device.
set_dev_node is called in pci_device_add() with pcibus_to_node(bus),
and pcibus_to_node uses bus->sysdata for nodeid.

The problem is when pci_add_device is called, bus->sysdata is not assigned
correct nodeid yet. The result is that numa_node will always be 0.

pcibios_scan_root and pci_scan_root could take sysdata. So we need to get
mp_bus_to_node mapping before these two are called, and thus
get_mp_bus_to_node could get correct node for sysdata in root bus.

In scanning of the root bus, all child busses will take parent bus sysdata.
So all pci_device->dev.numa_node will be assigned correctly and automatically.

Later we could use dev_to_node(&pci_dev->dev) to get numa_node, and we
could also could make other bus specific device get the correct numa_node
too.

This is an updated version of pci_sysdata and Jeff's pci_domain patch.

[ mingo@elte.hu: build fix ]

Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai.lu@sun.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
2008-04-26 23:41:04 +02:00
Yinghai Lu
bb63b42199 x86 pci: remove checking type for mmconfig probe
doesn't need to check if it is type1 or type2, we can use raw_pci_ops
directly.

also make pci_direct_conf1 static again.

anyway is there system with type 2 and mmconf support?

Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai.lu@sun.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 23:41:04 +02:00
Yinghai Lu
57741a7790 x86_64: set cfg_size for AMD Family 10h in case MMCONFIG
reuse pci_cfg_space_size but skip check pci express and pci-x CAP ID.

Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai.lu@sun.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
2008-04-26 23:41:03 +02:00
Robert Hancock
7752d5cfe3 x86: validate against acpi motherboard resources
This path adds validation of the MMCONFIG table against the ACPI reserved
motherboard resources.  If the MMCONFIG table is found to be reserved in
ACPI, we don't bother checking the E820 table.  The PCI Express firmware
spec apparently tells BIOS developers that reservation in ACPI is required
and E820 reservation is optional, so checking against ACPI first makes
sense.  Many BIOSes don't reserve the MMCONFIG region in E820 even though
it is perfectly functional, the existing check needlessly disables MMCONFIG
in these cases.

In order to do this, MMCONFIG setup has been split into two phases.  If PCI
configuration type 1 is not available then MMCONFIG is enabled early as
before.  Otherwise, it is enabled later after the ACPI interpreter is
enabled, since we need to be able to execute control methods in order to
check the ACPI reserved resources.  Presently this is just triggered off
the end of ACPI interpreter initialization.

There are a few other behavioral changes here:

- Validate all MMCONFIG configurations provided, not just the first one.

- Validate the entire required length of each configuration according to
  the provided ending bus number is reserved, not just the minimum required
  allocation.

- Validate that the area is reserved even if we read it from the chipset
  directly and not from the MCFG table.  This catches the case where the
  BIOS didn't set the location properly in the chipset and has mapped it
  over other things it shouldn't have.

This also cleans up the MMCONFIG initialization functions so that they
simply do nothing if MMCONFIG is not compiled in.

Based on an original patch by Rajesh Shah from Intel.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: many fixes and cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancockr@shaw.ca>
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Tested-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: Rajesh Shah <rajesh.shah@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
2008-04-26 23:41:03 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
c3bf9bc243 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86-bigbox-bootmem-v3
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86-bigbox-bootmem-v3:
  x86_64/mm: check and print vmemmap allocation continuous
  x86_64: fix setup_node_bootmem to support big mem excluding with memmap
  x86_64: make reserve_bootmem_generic() use new reserve_bootmem()
  mm: allow reserve_bootmem() cross nodes
  mm: offset align in alloc_bootmem()
  mm: fix alloc_bootmem_core to use fast searching for all nodes
  mm: make mem_map allocation continuous
2008-04-26 14:04:32 -07:00
Yinghai Lu
c2b91e2eec x86_64/mm: check and print vmemmap allocation continuous
On big systems with lots of memory, don't print out too much during
bootup, and make it easy to find if it is continuous.

on 256G 8 sockets system will get
 [ffffe20000000000-ffffe20002bfffff] PMD -> [ffff810001400000-ffff810003ffffff] on node 0
[ffffe2001c700000-ffffe2001c7fffff] potential offnode page_structs
 [ffffe20002c00000-ffffe2001c7fffff] PMD -> [ffff81000c000000-ffff8100255fffff] on node 0
[ffffe20038700000-ffffe200387fffff] potential offnode page_structs
 [ffffe2001c800000-ffffe200387fffff] PMD -> [ffff810820200000-ffff81083c1fffff] on node 1
 [ffffe20040000000-ffffe2007fffffff] PUD ->ffff811027a00000 on node 2
 [ffffe20038800000-ffffe2003fffffff] PMD -> [ffff811020200000-ffff8110279fffff] on node 2
[ffffe20054700000-ffffe200547fffff] potential offnode page_structs
 [ffffe20040000000-ffffe200547fffff] PMD -> [ffff811027c00000-ffff81103c3fffff] on node 2
[ffffe20070700000-ffffe200707fffff] potential offnode page_structs
 [ffffe20054800000-ffffe200707fffff] PMD -> [ffff811820200000-ffff81183c1fffff] on node 3
 [ffffe20080000000-ffffe200bfffffff] PUD ->ffff81202fa00000 on node 4
 [ffffe20070800000-ffffe2007fffffff] PMD -> [ffff812020200000-ffff81202f9fffff] on node 4
[ffffe2008c700000-ffffe2008c7fffff] potential offnode page_structs
 [ffffe20080000000-ffffe2008c7fffff] PMD -> [ffff81202fc00000-ffff81203c3fffff] on node 4
[ffffe200a8700000-ffffe200a87fffff] potential offnode page_structs
 [ffffe2008c800000-ffffe200a87fffff] PMD -> [ffff812820200000-ffff81283c1fffff] on node 5
 [ffffe200c0000000-ffffe200ffffffff] PUD ->ffff813037a00000 on node 6
 [ffffe200a8800000-ffffe200bfffffff] PMD -> [ffff813020200000-ffff8130379fffff] on node 6
[ffffe200c4700000-ffffe200c47fffff] potential offnode page_structs
 [ffffe200c0000000-ffffe200c47fffff] PMD -> [ffff813037c00000-ffff81303c3fffff] on node 6
 [ffffe200c4800000-ffffe200e07fffff] PMD -> [ffff813820200000-ffff81383c1fffff] on node 7

instead of a very long print out...

Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
2008-04-26 22:51:09 +02:00
Yinghai Lu
1a27fc0a42 x86_64: fix setup_node_bootmem to support big mem excluding with memmap
typical case: four sockets system, every node has 4g ram, and we are using:

	memmap=10g$4g

to mask out memory on node1 and node2

when numa is enabled, early_node_mem is used to get node_data and node_bootmap.

if it can not get memory from the same node with find_e820_area(), it will
use alloc_bootmem to get buff from previous nodes.

so check it and print out some info about it.

need to move early_res_to_bootmem into every setup_node_bootmem.
and it takes range that node has. otherwise alloc_bootmem could return addr
that reserved early.

depends on "mm: make reserve_bootmem can crossed the nodes".

Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yhlu.kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 22:51:08 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
9b79ed952b Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-generic-bitops-v3
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-generic-bitops-v3:
  x86, bitops: select the generic bitmap search functions
  x86: include/asm-x86/pgalloc.h/bitops.h: checkpatch cleanups - formatting only
  x86: finalize bitops unification
  x86, UML: remove x86-specific implementations of find_first_bit
  x86: optimize find_first_bit for small bitmaps
  x86: switch 64-bit to generic find_first_bit
  x86: generic versions of find_first_(zero_)bit, convert i386
  bitops: use __fls for fls64 on 64-bit archs
  generic: implement __fls on all 64-bit archs
  generic: introduce a generic __fls implementation
  x86: merge the simple bitops and move them to bitops.h
  x86, generic: optimize find_next_(zero_)bit for small constant-size bitmaps
  x86, uml: fix uml with generic find_next_bit for x86
  x86: change x86 to use generic find_next_bit
  uml: Kconfig cleanup
  uml: fix build error
2008-04-26 13:46:11 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
a52b0d25a7 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bart/ide-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bart/ide-2.6: (46 commits)
  ide: constify struct ide_dma_ops
  ide: add struct ide_dma_ops (take 3)
  ide: add IDE_HFLAG_SERIALIZE_DMA host flag
  sl82c105: check bridge revision in sl82c105_init_one()
  au1xxx-ide: use ->init_dma method
  palm_bk3710: use ->init_dma method
  sgiioc4: use ->init_dma method
  icside: use ->init_dma method
  ide-pmac: use ->init_dma method
  ide: do complete DMA setup in ->init_dma method (take 2)
  au1xxx-ide: fix MWDMA support
  ide: cleanup ide_setup_dma()
  ide: factor out setting PCI bus-mastering from ide_hwif_setup_dma()
  ide: export ide_allocate_dma_engine()
  ide: move ide_setup_dma() call out from ->init_dma method
  alim15x3: skip DMA initialization completely on revs < 0x20
  pdc202xx_old: remove init_dma_pdc202xx()
  ide: don't display "BIOS" settings in ide_setup_dma()
  ide: remove ->cds field from ide_hwif_t (take 2)
  ide: remove ide_dma_iobase()
  ...
2008-04-26 13:44:19 -07:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
f37afdaca7 ide: constify struct ide_dma_ops
* Export ide_dma_exec_cmd() and __ide_dma_test_irq().

* Constify struct ide_dma_ops.

* Always set hwif->dma_ops to &sff_dma_ops in ide_setup_dma()
  (it is later overriden by ide_init_port() if needed) and drop
  'const struct ide_port_info *d' argument.

While at it:

* Rename __ide_dma_test_irq() to ide_dma_test_irq().

Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:24 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
5e37bdc081 ide: add struct ide_dma_ops (take 3)
Add struct ide_dma_ops and convert core code + drivers to use it.

While at it:

* Drop "ide_" prefix from ->ide_dma_end and ->ide_dma_test_irq methods.

* Drop "ide_" "infixes" from DMA methods.

* au1xxx-ide.c:
  - use auide_dma_{test_irq,end}() directly in auide_dma_timeout()

* pdc202xx_old.c:
  - drop "old_" "infixes" from DMA methods

* siimage.c:
  - add siimage_dma_test_irq() helper
  - print SATA warning in siimage_init_one()

* Remove no longer needed ->init_hwif implementations.

v2:
* Changes based on review from Sergei:
  - s/siimage_ide_dma_test_irq/siimage_dma_test_irq/
  - s/drive->hwif/hwif/ in idefloppy_pc_intr().
  - fix patch description w.r.t. au1xxx-ide changes
  - fix au1xxx-ide build
  - fix naming for cmd64*_dma_ops
  - drop "ide_" and "old_" infixes
  - s/hpt3xxx_dma_ops/hpt37x_dma_ops/
  - s/hpt370x_dma_ops/hpt370_dma_ops/
  - use correct DMA ops for HPT302/N, HPT371/N and HPT374
  - s/it821x_smart_dma_ops/it821x_pass_through_dma_ops/

v3:
* Two bugs slipped in v2 (noticed by Sergei):
  - use correct DMA ops for HPT374 (for real this time)
  - handle HPT370/HPT370A properly

Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:24 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
1fd1890594 ide: add IDE_HFLAG_SERIALIZE_DMA host flag
* Add IDE_HFLAG_SERIALIZE_DMA host flag to serialize ports
  if DMA is available and handle it in ide_init_port().

* Convert sl82c105 host driver to use this new flag.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:24 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
b123f56e04 ide: do complete DMA setup in ->init_dma method (take 2)
* Make ide_hwif_setup_dma() return an error value.

* Pass 'const struct ide_port_info *d' instead of 'unsigned long dmabase'
  to ->init_dma method and make it return an error value.

* Rename ide_get_or_set_dma_base() to ide_pci_dma_base(),
  change ordering of its arguments and then export it.

* Export ide_pci_set_master().

* Do complete DMA setup inside ->init_dma method and update ->init_dma
  users accordingly.

* Sanitize code for DMA setup in ide_init_port().

v2:
* Fix for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PCI=n configs
  (from Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>):

  Fix following compiler warning by returning EINVAL:

  In file included from ANYTHING-INCLUDING-IDE.H:45:
  include/linux/ide.h: In function ‘ide_hwif_setup_dma’:
  include/linux/ide.h:1022: warning: no return statement in function returning non-void

Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:22 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
f629b38bed au1xxx-ide: fix MWDMA support
Always use "fast" MWDMA support and remove dma_{black,white}_list
(they were based on completely bogus ->ide_dma_check implementation
which didn't set neither the host controller timings nor the device
for the desired transfer mode).

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:22 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
b8e73fba60 ide: export ide_allocate_dma_engine()
Export ide_allocate_dma_engine() and use it in trm290 host driver.

Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:21 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
5e59c23684 ide: remove ->cds field from ide_hwif_t (take 2)
* Use hwif->name instead of cds->name in ide_allocate_dma_engine().

* Use pci_name(dev) instead of cds->name in init_dma_pdc202xx().

* Remove no longer needed ->cds field from ide_hwif_t.

v2:

* scc_pata.c also needs to be updated now (noticed by Stephen Rothwell).

There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.

Cc: Kou Ishizaki <kou.ishizaki@toshiba.co.jp>
Cc: Akira Iguchi <akira2.iguchi@toshiba.co.jp>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:20 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
21a3387ddd ide: remove ->extra field from struct ide_port_info
Always setup hwif->extra_base in ide_iomio_dma() and remove
no longer needed ->extra field from struct ide_port_info.

There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:20 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
5add222417 ide: remove ide_hwif_request_regions()
Remove no longer used ide_hwif_request_regions() and hwif_request_region().

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:19 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
0d1bad216c ide: manage resources for PCI devices in ide_pci_enable() (take 3)
* Reserve PCI BARs 0-3 (0-1 for single port controllers) in
  ide_pci_enable() and remove ide_hwif_request_regions() call
  from ide_device_add_all() (also cleanup resource management
  in scc_pata host driver).

* Fix handling of PCI BAR 4 in ide_pci_enable(), then cleanup
  ide_iomio_dma() (+ init_hwif_trm290() in trm290 host driver)
  and remove ide_release[_iomio]_dma().

v2:
* Fixup trm290 host driver.

v3:
* Because of scc_pata host driver changes we need to call
  pci_request_selected_regions() also in setup_mmio_scc().

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:19 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
d083c03f25 ide: remove ide_hwif_release_regions()
All host drivers using ide_unregister()/module_exit() have been fixed
to manage resources themselves so this function can be removed now.

There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:17 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
0bfeee7d41 ide: use ide_legacy_device_add() for qd65xx (take 2)
* Add 'unsigned long config' argument to ide_legacy_device_add()
  for setting hwif->config_data.

* Use ide_find_port_slot() instead of ide_find_port() in
  ide_legacy_device_add().

* Handle IDE_HFLAG_QD_2ND_PORT and IDE_HFLAG_SINGLE host flags in
  ide_legacy_device_add().

* Convert qd65xx host driver to use ide_legacy_device_add().

v2:
* Update ali14xx, dtc2278, ht6560b and umc8672 host drivers.

There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:16 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
3b36f66b81 ide: add ide_legacy_device_add() helper
Add ide_legacy_device_add() helper for use by legacy VLB host drivers
(+ convert them to use it).

There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.

Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:16 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
e53cd458d5 ide: remove ->noprobe field from ide_hwif_t
Update IDE PMAC host driver to use drive->noprobe instead of hwif->noprobe
and remove hwif->noprobe completely (it is always set to zero now).

There should be no functional changes caused by this patch.

Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:16 +02:00
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz
ac95beedf8 ide: add struct ide_port_ops (take 2)
* Move hooks for port/host specific methods from ide_hwif_t to
  'struct ide_port_ops'.

* Add 'const struct ide_port_ops *port_ops' to 'struct ide_port_info'
  and ide_hwif_t.

* Update host drivers and core code accordingly.

While at it:

* Rename ata66_*() cable detect functions to *_cable_detect() to match
  the standard naming. (Suggested by Sergei Shtylyov)

v2:
* Fix build for bast-ide. (Noticed by Andrew Morton)

Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
2008-04-26 22:25:14 +02:00
Huang, Ying
8b664aa66e x86, boot: add linked list of struct setup_data
This patch adds a field of 64-bit physical pointer to NULL terminated
single linked list of struct setup_data to real-mode kernel
header. This is used as a more extensible boot parameters passing
mechanism.

Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
2008-04-26 21:34:42 +02:00
Huang, Ying
50eae2a7c9 x86, boot: add free_early to early reservation machanism
Add free_early to early reservation mechanism - this way early bootup
failure paths can stop wasting memory.

Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
2008-04-26 21:34:42 +02:00
Robert P. J. Day
fb96c00819 [MTD] Delete long-unused jedec.h header file.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2008-04-26 18:48:30 +01:00
Joe Perches
f19dcf4a61 x86: include/asm-x86/pgalloc.h/bitops.h: checkpatch cleanups - formatting only
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:17 +02:00
Alexander van Heukelum
d66462f531 x86: finalize bitops unification
include/asm-x86/bitops_32.h and include/asm-x86/bitops_64.h are now
almost identical. The 64-bit version sets ARCH_HAS_FAST_MULTIPLIER
and has an extra inline function set_bit_string. The define currently
has no influence on the generated code, but it can be argued that
setting it on i386 is the right thing to do anyhow. The addition
of the extra inline function on i386 does not hurt either.

Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:17 +02:00
Alexander van Heukelum
5245698f66 x86, UML: remove x86-specific implementations of find_first_bit
x86 has been switched to the generic versions of find_first_bit
and find_first_zero_bit, but the original versions were retained.
This patch just removes the now unused x86-specific versions.

also update UML.

Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:17 +02:00
Alexander van Heukelum
3a48305028 x86: optimize find_first_bit for small bitmaps
Avoid a call to find_first_bit if the bitmap size is know at
compile time and small enough to fit in a single long integer.
Modeled after an optimization in the original x86_64-specific
code.

Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:17 +02:00
Alexander van Heukelum
2aba6925fd x86: switch 64-bit to generic find_first_bit
Switch x86_64 to generic find_first_bit. The x86_64-specific
implementation is not removed.

Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:16 +02:00
Alexander van Heukelum
77b9bd9c49 x86: generic versions of find_first_(zero_)bit, convert i386
Generic versions of __find_first_bit and __find_first_zero_bit
are introduced as simplified versions of __find_next_bit and
__find_next_zero_bit. Their compilation and use are guarded by
a new config variable GENERIC_FIND_FIRST_BIT.

The generic versions of find_first_bit and find_first_zero_bit
are implemented in terms of the newly introduced __find_first_bit
and __find_first_zero_bit.

This patch does not remove the i386-specific implementation,
but it does switch i386 to use the generic functions by setting
GENERIC_FIND_FIRST_BIT=y for X86_32.

Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:16 +02:00
Alexander van Heukelum
d57594c203 bitops: use __fls for fls64 on 64-bit archs
Use __fls for fls64 on 64-bit archs. The implementation for
64-bit archs is moved from x86_64 to asm-generic.

Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:16 +02:00
Alexander van Heukelum
56a6b1eb7b generic: implement __fls on all 64-bit archs
Implement __fls on all 64-bit archs:

alpha has an implementation of fls64.
	Added __fls(x) = fls64(x) - 1.

ia64 has fls, but not __fls.
	Added __fls based on code of fls.

mips and powerpc have __ilog2, which is the same as __fls.
	Added __fls = __ilog2.

parisc, s390, sh and sparc64:
	Include generic __fls.

x86_64 already has __fls.

Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:16 +02:00
Alexander van Heukelum
7d9dff22e8 generic: introduce a generic __fls implementation
Add a generic __fls implementation in the same spirit as
the generic __ffs one. It finds the last (most significant)
set bit in the given long value.

Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:16 +02:00
Alexander van Heukelum
12d9c8420b x86: merge the simple bitops and move them to bitops.h
Some of those can be written in such a way that the same
inline assembly can be used to generate both 32 bit and
64 bit code.

For ffs and fls, x86_64 unconditionally used the cmov
instruction and i386 unconditionally used a conditional
branch over a mov instruction. In the current patch I
chose to select the version based on the availability
of the cmov instruction instead. A small detail here is
that x86_64 did not previously set CONFIG_X86_CMOV=y.

Improved comments for ffs, ffz, fls and variations.

Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:16 +02:00
Alexander van Heukelum
64970b68d2 x86, generic: optimize find_next_(zero_)bit for small constant-size bitmaps
This moves an optimization for searching constant-sized small
bitmaps form x86_64-specific to generic code.

On an i386 defconfig (the x86#testing one), the size of vmlinux hardly
changes with this applied. I have observed only four places where this
optimization avoids a call into find_next_bit:

In the functions return_unused_surplus_pages, alloc_fresh_huge_page,
and adjust_pool_surplus, this patch avoids a call for a 1-bit bitmap.
In __next_cpu a call is avoided for a 32-bit bitmap. That's it.

On x86_64, 52 locations are optimized with a minimal increase in
code size:

Current #testing defconfig:
	146 x bsf, 27 x find_next_*bit
   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
   5392637  846592  724424 6963653  6a41c5 vmlinux

After removing the x86_64 specific optimization for find_next_*bit:
	94 x bsf, 79 x find_next_*bit
   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
   5392358  846592  724424 6963374  6a40ae vmlinux

After this patch (making the optimization generic):
	146 x bsf, 27 x find_next_*bit
   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
   5392396  846592  724424 6963412  6a40d4 vmlinux

[ tglx@linutronix.de: build fixes ]

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:16 +02:00
Alexander van Heukelum
6fd92b63d0 x86: change x86 to use generic find_next_bit
The versions with inline assembly are in fact slower on the machines I
tested them on (in userspace) (Athlon XP 2800+, p4-like Xeon 2.8GHz, AMD
Opteron 270). The i386-version needed a fix similar to 06024f21 to avoid
crashing the benchmark.

Benchmark using: gcc -fomit-frame-pointer -Os. For each bitmap size
1...512, for each possible bitmap with one bit set, for each possible
offset: find the position of the first bit starting at offset. If you
follow ;). Times include setup of the bitmap and checking of the
results.

		Athlon		Xeon		Opteron 32/64bit
x86-specific:	0m3.692s	0m2.820s	0m3.196s / 0m2.480s
generic:	0m2.622s	0m1.662s	0m2.100s / 0m1.572s

If the bitmap size is not a multiple of BITS_PER_LONG, and no set
(cleared) bit is found, find_next_bit (find_next_zero_bit) returns a
value outside of the range [0, size]. The generic version always returns
exactly size. The generic version also uses unsigned long everywhere,
while the x86 versions use a mishmash of int, unsigned (int), long and
unsigned long.

Using the generic version does give a slightly bigger kernel, though.

defconfig:	   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
x86-specific:	4738555  481232  626688 5846475  5935cb vmlinux (32 bit)
generic:	4738621  481232  626688 5846541  59360d vmlinux (32 bit)
x86-specific:	5392395  846568  724424 6963387  6a40bb vmlinux (64 bit)
generic:	5392458  846568  724424 6963450  6a40fa vmlinux (64 bit)

Signed-off-by: Alexander van Heukelum <heukelum@fastmail.fm>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 19:21:16 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
d485cb9aa2 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86-optimized-inlining
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86-optimized-inlining:
  generic: make optimized inlining arch-opt-in
  x86: add optimized inlining
2008-04-26 09:48:52 -07:00
Linus Torvalds
1292ebb82c Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bart/ide-2.6
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bart/ide-2.6: (61 commits)
  ide: sanitize handling of IDE_HFLAG_NO_SET_MODE host flag
  sis5513: fail early for unsupported chipsets
  it821x: fix kzalloc() failure handling
  qd65xx: use IDE_HFLAG_SINGLE host flag
  qd65xx: always use ->selectproc method
  ide-cd: put proc-related functions together under single ifdef
  ide-cd: Replace __FUNCTION__ with __func__
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/ide-cd.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/pci/cy82c693.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/pci/it8213.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/ide-floppy.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/legacy/ali14xx.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/legacy/hd.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/pci/cmd640.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/pci/opti621.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/ide-pnp.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/ide-proc.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/legacy/ide-4drives.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/legacy/umc8672.c
  IDE: Coding Style fixes to drivers/ide/pci/generic.c
  ...
2008-04-26 09:48:00 -07:00
Ingo Molnar
765c68bd54 generic: make optimized inlining arch-opt-in
Stephen Rothwell reported that linux-next did not build on powerpc64.

make optimized inlining dependent on architecture opt-in.

Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 17:44:55 +02:00
Ingo Molnar
60a3cdd063 x86: add optimized inlining
add CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_INLINING=y.

allow gcc to optimize the kernel image's size by uninlining
functions that have been marked 'inline'. Previously gcc was
forced by Linux to always-inline these functions via a gcc
attribute:

 #define inline	inline __attribute__((always_inline))

Especially when the user has already selected
CONFIG_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y this can make a huge difference in
kernel image size (using a standard Fedora .config):

   text    data     bss     dec           hex filename
   5613924  562708 3854336 10030968    990f78 vmlinux.before
   5486689  562708 3854336  9903733    971e75 vmlinux.after

that's a 2.3% text size reduction (!).

Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2008-04-26 17:44:55 +02:00